THESE FORUMS NOW CLOSED (read only)
Fun Stuff => CHATTER => Topic started by: Dollface on 03 Oct 2009, 13:41
-
The game (http://www.urbandead.com/)
if you need motivation here is some motivation to fight those dirty homo zombies (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FKCi9D88qpo&feature=PlayList&p=A721E18C08C21B62&index=0)
Okay lets keep as this as hub so we can collect info and plan to get rid of those dirty zombies.
-
I'm down. Player name is Mel Odic. Currently hiding somewhere with a lot of wine, as a cop.
-
I am Layla The Dog Medic!
-
Probably won't have any time today but I am definitely interested in taking part.
-
Im at Tollyton sector in the Bryant Building.
my name is Deff dred and im a scout
Map (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Suburb)
-
YAY! My characters are still there.
I couldn't make it to Tollyton. I was all the way up in Dulston.
I made it as far as Ostler Towers in Heytown. The name is C Fang and I'm Level 25 Civilian.
I also have a Level 39 Zombie somewhere and a Level 1 Military guy somewhere (I haven't re-activated them yet.)
-
I am a military medic
holed up in Oates Bank in Wray Heights now looking for shelter in south Tollyton.
-
I made a new character on Friday and promptly forgot password and username. I did this about a year or so ago, for a while and... HOLY SHIT THE TRUMAN SHOW!
Have an old character named Snalin, with all pistol trainings and free running. YAY!
in Rhodenbank
-
oh, a zombie thread?
[furious 3 page masturbation about guns]
Cool, now that that is out of the way.
(http://media.gamerevolution.com/images/misc/image/magic-the-gathering-zombie-infestation.jpg)(http://magic.tcgplayer.com/db/cards/15296.jpg)(http://www.wizards.com/global/images/magic/general/Zombie_Assassin.jpg)
-
I am called K'Vat Hi'Lichut and am now dead in Tollyton outside Bawden Towers. Anyone who can revive me would be extremely appreciated but be careful, for a safe area there are quite a few zombies around.
-
I'm Ignaz Wrobel, DNA Scientist guy. I'm in Tollyton. Don't sue me if I don't play daily.
Edit: Did anybody of you create a group there? If no, someone should. (Yes, I'm looking at you!)
-
name's Anders Mjolner, shopaholic.
currently sleeping in a library.
-
I'm SirJuggles, a doctor with two shiny first aid kits for anyone who needs them, and is willing to come all the way over to Grigg Heights where I started. I'm making my way east but it's slow going.
...who is now dead in a cemetery in Lerwill Heights. Trying to figure out how to get revived.
-
I used to play this game a ton (as in a couple years ago) and then got bored eventually. I might hop in to revive you juggles, I'm pretty sure my character is in Lerwill Heights. I was a member of the Sebright Union, a "guild" in Lerwill Heights, and I played until I had several thousand useless XP because I'd already got all the skills for both survivors and zombies.
ADDITION: Quick tip for anyone new to the game who's playing a survivor, get Freerunning as soon as you can. It is the most important skill for survivors, and thus the first one you should get. You need Freerunning to get into the most heavily barricaded buildings.
-
Lame I am a lab tech (gotta stick with what I know) in Shearbank in the Necrotech (or whatever it is) building. There is some guy here.
How do you barricade buildings?
-
When you get the Construction skill you can barricade buildings. That's a worthwhile skill to get eventually, but don't worry about barricading right away, just sleep in buildings other people have barricaded. And the key to doing that is Freerunning.
Also, lab techs are one of the best classes to start as actually, because you start with a DNA Extractor and using that to tag zombies is one of the easiest ways to earn XP. The only class with a more straightforward approach to gaining XP right from the start are Firemen (just start hacking away with your axe, couldn't be more obvious.)
Pretty quickly though (I'm talking like by just level 4) it ceases to matter what your starting class was (everybody can get the same skills after all. I even knew a couple people who started as zombies and ended up playing as a survivor mostly.) Anyone can take advantage of easy paths to XP like hacking away with an axe or tagging zombies with a DNA Extractor, you just don't have the necessary equipment right from the start, you need to gain Freerunning first and then scrounge around a bit.
-
By the way, did I mention get Freerunning? Because you should all do that.
FREEEEEEEE-
RUNNINGGGGGGGGGGGG
-
I am out of action points. I got as far as Roachville or whatever before I had to turn around and come back. Also isn't this the game everyone was all playing on the forums years ago? This is the same game, right?
-
Yep.
I used to play this game a ton (as in a couple years ago) and then got bored eventually.
Gryff and I tore shit up as zombies for a little while, then he got bored of the game and left, while I went back to being a survivor and joined a group in Lerwill Heights.
-
So is scout best to start as then, or should you start as something easy to get XP with and then take free running? I'm thinking I will start as a firefighter and take freerunning first chance I get, followed by hand to hand proficiency.
-
Why is stepping outside so bad? Action point usage?
-
Hm. Now waiting for a revive at the designated carpark in Lerwill Heights. Considering the pros and cons of wreaking zombie havoc for a little while? Maybe I'll just see if anyone heals me for a day or so.
-
Why is stepping outside so bad? Action point usage?
As I understand it, freerunning is so you can get through barricades without having to tear them down.
-
Yeah, the AP thing appears to just be (rather tasty!) icing.
-
Stepping outside isn't the end of the world, it's just that getting back in usually isn't easy. You should always know how to get back into a safehouse before stepping outside, or else make sure to start looking for a safe place to sleep once you're down to 10 AP (15 if you're cautious, and if you aren't cautious you probably aren't going to survive long.) If you run out of AP outside you are dead meat. I used to go days without stepping outside, only venturing out to revive people standing at revive points. If I weren't such a dedicated reviver, I probably would have avoided stepping outside ever.
Anyway what nodaisho said, the necessity of Freerunning isn't really to avoid stepping outside, it's to gain entry to EH (extra heavily barricaded) buildings. The tricky thing is you can't freerun in off the street, you can only freerun from one building to another. So you need to find what are referred to as "entry points," a building with VS (very strong) or lighter barricades.
Hm. Now waiting for a revive at the designated carpark in Lerwill Heights. Considering the pros and cons of wreaking zombie havoc for a little while?
Well the main con is that it'll be boring as hell at first. If you wanted to go the zombie route you should save up some XP first so that you can buy a couple skills when you switch sides. Without any zombie skills you'll barely ever hit, and it'll be hard enough just finding someone to attack since you won't be able to break into buildings. It's depressing going for days where you just wander aimlessly, maybe scratching ineffectually at some barricades, accomplishing nothing.
Revives are usually fast though (well they were when I played anyway, don't know what it's like anymore.) There are lots of people like me, who just dedicated themselves to reviving people all the time. Usually you just stand at a revive point and then come back in a day. Heck, if you're at the carpark then you'll probably be revived by someone from the Sebright Union, possibly one of my old buddies.
So is scout best to start as then, or should you start as something easy to get XP with and then take free running? I'm thinking I will start as a firefighter and take freerunning first chance I get, followed by hand to hand proficiency.
Starting as a scout could work, but you'd want to scrounge up some useful equipment as the first thing you do. I would suggest freerunning into an NT building and searching for a DNA Extractor, because gaining XP through combat might be hard for a scout at first.
That said, starting as a fireman is probably a faster way to build up. You'll be better at combat right from the start, and it won't take too long to get Free Running.
THAT said, it really doesn't matter because within just a couple levels you'll have the exact same skills either way, so just do whatever appeals to you more.
...
It's kinda sad how much I remember when I haven't played in years.
...
Actually, what's even sadder is that I still remember most of the rules to Dungeons and Dragons. At least the 2nd edition rules, which is the last time I played it (for reference on how long it's been since I last played it.)
-
From what I understand, low leveled scouts tend to be seen as saboteurs, and might get PKed simply for that reason, so I think I'll go with firefighter, makes skills cheaper too
Okay, I'm in. Firefighter, Suentobe Dedgui.
edit: Holy cow. I spent about 30 AP attacking a zombie and hit it four times with my axe.
-
My character is Jauqes which I made way before I read qc so that was just coincidence, and I am hanging around Spicer Hills in a local group but I could make an alt or just leave this group, I'll head up to Tollyton anyway.
-
Yeah so I still don't see why going outside is so dangerous. I wasted all 40 or 50 or however many of my AP wandering around Roachtown scoping out the area around Shearbank in the streets and managed to get back to the extremely heavily barricaded NecroTech building (where I started - does that make a difference?) and get in with no problems. Did I just not run into any zombies?
-
You got into an EH building when you just started as a lab tech? huh, maybe the game is just easier now than when I played it.
edit: Holy cow. I spent about 30 AP attacking a zombie and hit it four times with my axe.
Wait'll you try searching for something. On a bad day you can blow all your AP and have shit to show for it.
-
No but that is where my dude started. Is it easier to get into whatever building you started in, or is it just as difficult once you go outside?
-
I didn't think you could get into extremely heavily barricaded buildings without taking the barricades down? I wouldn't know, as I just made note of a place nearby with very strong barricades, since my starting place was only very strongly barricaded, and had 9 people in it, which seems about the same as covering your in-game self with steak sauce. I'm in a warehouse in Tollyton just north of St. Joachims Hospital.
-
So wait katie where are you now? Because if you are outside, you will probably be killed.
Also, maybe you were expecting to be attacked while you were playing. That is very unlikely. Bear in mind that everyone else is subject to the exact same movement restrictions you are, and all of the zombies are other players (there are no computer controlled enemies.) To whit, they are unlikely to be making their 50 moves for the day at the same time that you are. Instead, you will go to bed, and when you next log into the game you'll find that a zombie has eaten you at some point in the intervening hours.
-
Um, my dude is inside the NecroTech. I started there, wandered around outside, and came back to NecroTech. I went back inside Necrotech with no trouble at all.
-
yeah that is definitely changed from when I played. It's possible that's related to your starting position, but if I had to guess I'd say it's probably a new rule in the game that allows lab techs to enter NT buildings at will (lab techs work for Necrotech after all.)
If that's true then lab techs are now clearly the best class to start as. I'm surprised Kevan would unbalance the game like that.
-
So would it be a good idea to train shotguns and try to get my hands on a few loaded ones in case I run into an active zombie?
-
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Guides:A_Beginners_Guide_to_Urban_Dead
basically read the whole page and look up anything else in the game, there are maps for the whole place and maps for every neighborhood.
edit: and no you can still only enter a building from the outside if its very heavily barricaded or less, to get into heavier barricaded buildings you need free running to move from rooftop to rooftop.
-
oh wait katie are you sure you're inside the building? Maybe you just walked back to the building and are standing outside.
So would it be a good idea to train shotguns and try to get my hands on a few loaded ones in case I run into an active zombie?
Shotguns are by far the most powerful weapons in the game, but it's very unlikely you'd be able to get your hands on any when you first start out so don't worry about it. For now just concentrate on gaining XP, and the easiest way for you to do that is attacking with your axe (the axe isn't as powerful as guns, but you don't have to stop to scrounge for ammo.) Eventually you'll probably want to get in the habit of always carrying around a couple fully loaded shotguns, plus a bunch of ammo, but it'll be a while before you can stock up like that in a reasonable amount of time. Specifically, once you have Freerunning you can get in malls, and once you have Shopping you can search the gun store in the mall, and then you can probably scrape together a couple shotguns plus extra ammo in a day or two of searching.
Incidentally, as I've already pointed out it's pretty unlikely you'll ever be online at the same time as a zombie chewing you, and if you ever are your best bet is to run, so that's not the reason to carry around shotguns. The reason is that shotguns are the best way of clearing out the room if zombies break into a building. The first step to securing a building that's been breached is evicting all the rotting tenants.
-
Yeah, I found the map of the entire place, nice to know, and to know what to expect barricades to be at. Hadn't seen the new player's guide, though.
edit: Okay, thanks Joe. Should I just stay at the mall while I scavenge, or should I leave to someplace that attracts less attention? I figure that if it is EHB, and constantly has a lot of people in it, it should be fine, but might be wrong.
-
Man Joe you are such a dork
-
The first step to securing a building that's been breached is evicting all the rotting tenants.
It just seems bizarre to me that there wouldn't be active zombies swarming all over after that, I guess the whole 50 AP thing does that.
-
Well if you wander into a red danger area or a gray ghost town you'll notice alot more zombie and can usually notice them moving around and could attack you while you're online.
-
So pretty much the only time you will see moving zombies is if you are in a big attack on a zombie-held area or if you are stupid?
-
I am so totally doing this when I get back from college.
-
I got eaten up pretty quick. Started another cop named Rhythmic, currently hiding in a barricaded factory in Spracklingbank. Have no idea what I'm doing, but scrounged up a handful of pistol clips and shotgun shells from a police station and plan to start hunting zombies tomorrow.
-
So pretty much the only time you will see moving zombies is if you are in a big attack on a zombie-held area or if you are stupid?
Well all zombies are people just like survivors and their groups are generally much bigger and easier to coordinate so you find dangerous groups of zombies smaller then 150 individuals in a non-danger to moderate danger zone usually trying to take over a specific area to cut it off from survivors such as a mall or military fort.
Also there are times when all the zombie groups join up into a giant horde called the death march, they coordinate the entire horde with forums or twitters or what ever and converge on survivors from one place to the other. There is no successful group that has ever held out their home area the entire time during one of these attacks.
Zombie groups also use spy humans to infiltrate and sabotage compounds and player kill other survivors.
edit: ^ to above post^ when you die you dont need to create another character you can find a revive point which are usually somewhere in the immediate area of a necro tech building, wait there and you will soon be revived by a necro tech specialist
-
There is no successful group that has ever held out there home area the entire time during one of these attacks.
I can see why, 10 (or even 15) AP to get back up is a lot better than the survivors get, unless the survivors rise and keep fighting against the death march while zombified, but that would get confusing, survivors attacking friendly zombies.
I would kind of want to see what would happen if thousands of zombies and thousands of survivors fought, though. Probably the server would crash, I doubt it is used to having to calculate that much in that small of an area.
-
now im in Pitneybank sector and in the MacMillan Hotel.
-
We need to start the QC hivemind up again for this.
-
I made a zombie, and don't you know, so jackass came by and revived him!
I was probably standing in a revival zone. Oh well. I'll get some xp to spend as a zombie.
-
I can see why, 10 (or even 15) AP to get back up is a lot better than the survivors get
Actually it's even better/worse than that, because one of the zombie skills allows you to spend just 1 AP to get back up. As a result there is no point to killing zombies in the street other than gaining XP; the only time killing zombies gives any sort of long-term advantage is tossing the bodies out if they break into a building.
The game is only loosely based on reality and/or what you'd expect, as you've already noted about how it's kinda weird that you don't normally encounter active zombies. Combat tends to be pretty pointless other than gaining XP, you need a special skill in order to shop in the mall, etc. A lot of weird and seemingly arbitrary rules are there that make a lot of sense for balancing out the game and making things more fun. After all, only getting 50 moves a day is already a pretty weird and arbitrary limitation that keeps the game balanced for people who can only log on for like half an hour a day.
-
I am now inside the Nott Museum in Crowbank with 2 other guys who i don't know.
I was dead but someone came and revived me within a couple of hours which was pretty great.
Now inside the Tredaway Building in Edgecombe making my way to safety in Heytown.
-
I've been zombiefied. Is there a way to be human again or should I start a new account?
-
Go to a revive point (either look on the wiki to find out where they are, or just go to a cemetery) and wait for someone to revive you. Death is pretty frequent, especially at low levels, but don't sweat it because death is not permanent.
Unless you get the zombie skill Brain Rot that is. That's the one skill you should avoid if you play as a survivor. The entire point of that skill is so that zombie players don't have to worry about getting revived (ie. what happened to snalin.)
-
Tom Edishon, currently in a railway station in Buttonville
-
(http://i13.photobucket.com/albums/a300/calenlass/Screenshots/Picture18.png)
Since last night zombies attacked the barricades and tore them all down. This is where I have been the whole time, though.
-
dudes i'm in but was wandering aimlessly just puching barricades, shooting people and finding bullets HELP ME
-
Where are you exactly? This would be pretty helpful.
Also, what is your name for when someone finds you?
-
We need a meeting place! I would suggest somewhere around Shore Hills because it is in the center of the map and is also a safe zone!
-
made another character to play with while Anders Mjolner is busy getting munched by zombies. name's Captain Eaglebone and i'm holed up in a firestation in Shackleville right now. will head towards Shore Hills when i get more AP.
-
I am playing as Mr Troll, military scout. Right now I am in the Kemmis Buiding, but I used all of my action points to get here, so it's going to take a while for me to be up and running again. Then I have a police officer for my other character, but I don't even know where they're at right now. Whoops.
-
I can see why, 10 (or even 15) AP to get back up is a lot better than the survivors get
Actually it's even better/worse than that, because one of the zombie skills allows you to spend just 1 AP to get back up.
...Can someone please explain to me how that seems like good game balance? It seems to me like zombies get pretty much every advantage at later levels. They move as fast as humans, they can get back up from being killed (which probably takes about 10 AP with fully-loaded shotguns) with 1 AP, they can have as much accuracy and power as a human with a fully-skilled fire axe, the only advantage the humans have is the barricades.
I'm good with meeting up somewhere, if we decide where before about 4AM GMT, I'll start moving with this day's AP.
-
I am in Millen Hills (wherever the hell that is) as a scout and in the Legatt Hotel. Come find me! I don't know what I'm doing!
-
Shearbank!
Aw, man, I dunno what got fixed but now if I leave the building I can't get back in again without the free-running skill. Dammit.
-
Maybe there is a grace period for new players to get back into their starting building?
-
I am curently in Pimpbank, in a warehouse, waiting for my APs to fill up somewhat, then I'm heading further to the Shore Hills. Jefferson Hellie (yeah, original).
I had a problem with punching or shooting zombies (wasted, like, half of my APs trying to shoot one, but no hits) - is it a glitch or a feature?
Is there a qc group somewhere we should join?
-
...Can someone please explain to me how that seems like good game balance? It seems to me like zombies get pretty much every advantage at later levels.
It's true, zombies basically become low-tech Terminators once they have all the skills. The reason for this is twofold:
One, it helps compensate for the lower number of zombies. For various reasons, not the least of which being that people just naturally prefer playing survivors, usually survivors outnumber zombies. In most zombie movies or whatever the main reason zombies are so menacing is that they vastly outnumber the survivors. When that isn't the case, they need to be made more menacing somehow. Which relates to point two...
Two, in a game about a zombie apocalypse you want the combat odds to be tipped in favor of zombies. Zombies should have an aura of menace about them, and you shit your pants every time you get into a scuffle with one. "Balance" in this case isn't about both sides having an equal chance of victory in battle, it's about the overall fun level of the game. While zombies are just straightforward killing machines (well the one exception is that they can gain the ability to speak sort-of, and so zombies sometimes moan amusing quips when they break into a building and see survivors,) survivors can do all sorts of things besides combat to help them survive, such as barricading, healing, and reviving. Really, combat is about the least useful things survivors can do, in large part because zombies have such an overwhelming advantage in combat. Unless you have a specific reason for attacking a zombie (you're clearing out a building, or you just need the XP) then you should always run.
To put it another way, the game is not setup to reward players who try to be a badass (those players often dress their character in a black trenchcoat, and thus experienced players derisively refer to them as "trenchers.") The game rewards players who actually do sensible things to try to survive (ie. run away from the zombies.)
-
Oh, the joys of newbdom. I'm now asleep outside of a extremely barricaded building because someone bumped it up a couple levels while I was out.
This is exceptionally annoying because in the short time since I started my character I have acquired a radio and 4 first aid kits to go along with my Pistol and two clips of ammo. I was feeling about as safe as I could at level 1.
-
Fuck this, making a new character. The Mighty Cupcake, a Necroscientist fella in Dunningwood at the moment.
-
I would tell you all to come join me, but I think the building I'm in is heavily fortified, so not many of you could even get in. Perhaps somewhere near the city center?
-
I believe it's Shore Hills, as Melodic suggested it and no one had anything against it.
-
Well yeah, I'm in Shore Hills, but I thought the question was what building/spot we would meet in. Make some sort of fortification somewhere and hang out.
-
Ooh, ooh, i'm in Pegton now.
I was on my way to Heytown. I think it may be better to go to Pegton or Heytown though as there are more safe areas there so we would be less likely to get attacked while meeting up.
Suburb Map (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Suburb)
The Suburb map shows a lot of safe areas in the North East while Shore Hills is pretty close to some very sketchy areas.
-
Same here, I'm in Pegton. And just managed to get into (relative) safety. Named Alejandro Calderon, btw.
-
I'm in Pegton, but I cant find out what building I'm in as I'm asleep. I suggest we make two seperate bands of survivors for now, one in Pegton, one in Heytown. We'll then meet up elsewhere as a collective.
-
Sorry, i am still in Edgecombe but i am right on the border in the Collinns Building.
We could meet up in the Isgar Museum which is 3 blocks into the West section of Pegton.
Pegton Map (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Pegton)
Name is K'Vat Hi'Lichut in case you see me first.
-
I have acquired a radio
Ditch the radio, it's a waste of encumbrance. Radios are useless because morons clog the airwaves with spam.
Well yeah, I'm in Shore Hills, but I thought the question was what building/spot we would meet in. Make some sort of fortification somewhere and hang out.
Planning on a specific building in usually pointless, because by the time everyone gets there the state of the suburb could be very different from what it is now, and anyway you don't usually want all be in the same building, nor do you want to sit in one place for longer than like a night. The best way to group up is to plan on a suburb to all head to, and once everyone is there and safe you start coordinating who does what.
Incidentally, I was reflecting a bit more about what I said to nodaisho, about how enjoyment in the game doesn't come from being a badass. If you guys form a group here that's the best way to enjoy the game. Kevan should make Urban Dead a Facebook game now that I think about it, because it's really a social game like Mafia or something. The most satisfying play experiences I recall were times my group formulated and executed intricate plans that helped us beat the odds and keep surviving, and intricate survival plans generally involve a lot of trusting that your teammates will protect your ass rather than running away.
-
Right, all Pegton-ers head for The Isgar Museum (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/The_Isgar_Museum) when possible. We'll band together and get a plan together from there. Make sure to say if you're heading our way so we know who the heck to wait for. I'll head there in the morning when I have full AP.
-
Can somebody please revive me? I'm at Errington Crescent in Tollyton.
-
I'll head to Pegton then (in the morning - in about 12 or so hours), because I'm currently in Pimbank (not Pimpbank, as I thought). For the time being, I've put the group I belong to name "Infinite Pony", as I had nothing better to do.
-
I'm tempted to make a new player and join up. It's not like Urban Dead wastes lots of time, it's purposely designed for people like me.
-
Alright, I'll move my characters over to Pegton. Might take a while as I'm out of AP for both of them. But I'm on my way!
-
Should be a bit careful about having both characters in the same area; I dunno how well they keep track of such things, but they've got a pretty firm policy on alts operating in the same areas.
-
I can probably get to either Pegton or Shore Hills, Shore Hills would be trickier, since I would have to either get close to or go through Mockridge or Stanbury. Pegton is less central, but it also has a lot more green areas near it. The wiki says that Dentonside and Vinetown have quieted down some, but they were very active within the past week or so. Anyone in Pegton notice activity spilling over?
Scratch that, then, since 5 people posted while I was looking at the maps, I'll head for the museum when I get enough AP to make it there comfortably. What barricade status is it at currently? I've currently only got 12 XP, no freerunning for a while.
7 people now... FFS stop posting so I can post.
edit: I think they have a penalty implemented on all of your chances to do stuff if they are both within 15 blocks or so, you aren't supposed to have your characters interact at all.
-
Oooh, good point Alex. I will let my crappy stupid character become a zombie and wreak havoc somewhere else. He is taking a nap outside as I type this, so perhaps he will die a terrible death.
-
The firefighter 420smokeweed currently resides in Hulin, I think.
-
I am almost there! In Crowbank even!
-
isgar museum is currently unbarricaded and occupied by one zombie, I'll let someone else take care of that, I'll hole up in a VSB place in Pegton until then.
-
Ok, looks like Isgar Museum isn't unguarded like i hoped. Anyone in the area could suggest another building that everyone can get into not too far away?
EDIT: Oh dear, i am stuck outside asleep in Pegton a couple of blocks from the Isgar Museum. Hopefully i can move to safety in an hour as long as i am not dead.
-
I just made a scout named Mr Bonk and I'm on my way to Pegton, but had to stop in Stanbury Village.
Bonk.
-
Anders Mjolner is currently lying dead somewhere in Dunnell Hills
Captain Eaglebone is resting in a hospital or museum in Shackleville
i'm thinking about having zombified Anders Mjolner come and munge your guys' faces off . . . .when he finally musters up the strength to stand up, that is. :evil:
-
I'm in Beagly Auto Repair, it is at VSB, three people in it. Not ideal, but better than the other VSB places I found in Pegton, I think some of them were entry points, but 9 people in there is likely to get a bit more attention than I want. I didn't check everywhere, though. Just some places north and east of Isgar.
-
Alright, currently chillin' in the Panes Building in Ruddlebank.
Consumer by the name of Tha Funk.
I have no idea what I'm doing.
-
My dude (zombified) is currently in front of the Frappell building in Shuttlebank. Hopefully this NecroTech is working because I wanna get revivified. Someone find me? My name is Jean Luc Midgett.
-
Alright, Pegtonpeople, get your asses to Pyke Auto Repair (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Pegton#Suburb_Map). I'm there with 4 other strangers, but it's nice and barricaded yet accesible.
-
Man, pegton is miles away.
-
...I just burned my points to get into Pyke's Auto and there's a dude in there with all zombie skills.
Nice.
-
I also made a firefighter named Huddahud so I might go with him even though Mr Bonk is more survivable, since Huddahud can actually get XP at a decent rate.
Huddahuddahudda.
-
I never said I was good at this game.
-
Ok, i am not very happy right now. Some zombie has just killed me then seems to have wandered off to the cemetery to be revivified.
If anyone can revive me i am outside of the Linney Museum in the West section of Pegton.
-
Forget all you East-Siders. I am lying revived in a cemetery on the west end of Lerwill Heights pondering my next move. I'd like to meet up with everyone as quickly as possible, but I'm a little hesitant about running Ridleybank at such a low level. Anyone else around me might wanna posse together?
-
i'm in Shackleville right now and my zone just got comprimized so i'm gonna start moving towards Galbraith Hills and try to find somewhere secure to replenish my AP since it's only at 4 right now.
oh yeah, name's Captain Eaglebone, by the way.
-
I can move towards Shore Hills and try to meet up with you?
-
sounds good. i'm sleeping in a museum right now but i'll try to make some actual progress later tonight or tomorrow.
-
Well I killed one of my characters, the other is holed up somewhere on his way to Pegton or whatever that place is called. I'm on my way!
-
Ok. I'm holed up in St. Theresa's at the southeast end of Shore Hills. I got a little ways into Galbraith but realized that its yellow status is very much deserved. I'll get some sleep in here.
-
So should we make a zombie group as well as a survivor group? Seems like a lot of people have zombie alts, I'm thinking about making one.
-
Mine was accidental, but yeah, he'll be a zombie as soon as I have enough experience points for him to stand up. Let's have a zombie group. Undead Serious Ponies?
-
If we are going Serious Ponies for the survivor group name (did I miss a decision, or have we not decided yet?), how about Serious Brains for the zombies?
-
Serious Shamblers Collective
-
Woo, I made a doctor named Chuck Forrest. I'm currently residing in Matthias General Hospital.
And I keep scrounging up first aid kits, which I'm guessing is like IV hitpoints or something.
Not sure where this Pegton place is, but I figure the internet will tell me where to go.
Edit: Hooray for maps! It looks like there's a way I can (hopefully) just waltz through relatively safe territory on the way to Pegton.
-
Looking on this (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Suburb) map, it looks like you are in Brooksville. Your best bet would either be to meet up with the people in Shore Hills (if they aren't headed to Pegton), skirt around or run like hell through Mockridge Heights, go through Shackleville, and find someplace to hole up in Tollyton, it is pretty quiet there, but you don't want to be caught sleeping outdoors. Should take about 28 AP to get to Tollyton, giving you plenty to find someplace to hide once you get there. Day after that, get to Pegton, or wherever we are planning on meeting after that.
-
Made it to Shackleville before I ran out of action points. I'm currently holed up in St. Anselm's Church...which has barricades, but not barricades so heavy that I can't enter. Which I guess is nice.
Man, this game is a whole lot more complicated than I thought it'd be. I like it.
-
Yeah, there is a lot of thought to it, since you can only take 50 actions per day (well, 25 hours, so even more than a day).
edit: If anyone in Pegton needs a place to hole up, I'm in a warehouse north of Beagly Auto Repair with a couple level 1s, barricaded at very strong, not sure what level of very strong. Lights are on, but juicier places are nearby.
-
hanners will fuck them all.
-
Alright so I just created a character named Slick Donnie (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1628120), and coincidentally I started in Pegton! So I just tagged a bunch of zombies for XP (I'm a lab tech) and now I'm holed up in a building in the southwest part of the suburb. There's really little point in us actually being in the same building, you should always be moving when playing this game, the main thing is to be in the same suburb so that we can work together.
I figure we should all just congregate in the same suburb and then concentrate on gaining XP until we all have a few levels and can thus actually be able to do enough different things that we can strategize. We may actually want to move to a different suburb later, because while this looks like a good place to start out, eventually we might want to go someplace that isn't already so well covered by other survivor groups.
Also, for anyone else coming to Pegton there are plentiful VS buildings here. It's pretty easy to find a safehouse that you don't need freerunning to enter, so that's good.
-
alright! Seems like while i was at kendo xombies broke in the building and fucked up about everyone. I have 11 HP and an infected wound and I am currently in Kinch Heights.
Is it worth it to try and shamble towards pegton or should i head towards the nearest revive point?
-
Woop created a better character called Paul Havenhand. I'm a scout in Butson Boulevard School, with 4 other guys and a working generator.
-
Emilio, I am pretty sure the infection hits you every time you make an action, you need to either get to a revive spot or find a medic.
-
Rhythmic is at Pegton and hiding in the museum. I expended most of my ammunition on the way over, so tomorrow will be a scavenging run to the police department for additional rounds and maybe a shotgun. From there, I'm open to suggestions. I want to build an HQ!
-
We probably ought to wait until we are higher level before picking out an HQ, we wouldn't be much use at this point.
Is it possible to trade items with other survivors? I'm just thinking that as a fireman, I won't have much use for a bunch of pistols and ammo, so if I find any in a search, it could probably be used better by someone else.
-
Everyone's first skill they should buy, if they didn't pick a scout, is free running. Moving from one building to the other is essential, these groups of buildings are referred to as compounds and always have one to a few entrances that are kept at VSB+2 (Very heavily barricaded +2). Anyone can enter these buildings but they are not good hideouts, it is not every difficult for only a couple zombies to take out an entrance.
This does not mean you should make a bunch of alts as you are only allowed 150ap a day for your ip address.
-
I thought it was 160 hits on the game screen per IP?
I've currently got 12 XP, but once I actually hit enemies more than 1 in 10 times (with my 30% chance), I'll use the XP I get to get free running.
Sadly, I managed to get more XP on the character that I am planning on turning into a zombie than on the main character. That scanner is nice, got 20XP easy, without really knowing what I was doing. Now hopefully nobody bothers knocking down the barricades on an otherwise dark and nondescript building, because I am right near an orange area.
-
What other ways are there to get XP? As a cop, the best I've been doing is shooting at stray zombies.
-
Rhythmic is at Pegton and hiding in the museum. I expended most of my ammunition on the way over, so tomorrow will be a scavenging run to the police department for additional rounds and maybe a shotgun. From there, I'm open to suggestions. I want to build an HQ!
Im comming there.
-
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/XP
I have mostly just been attacking zombies, but on my lab tech I used the DNA extractor, 4 XP on each zombie, and it seemed to hit much more often than the attacks did on my fireman.
-
Calenlass is in Shearbank waiting on Eric/Hamhands/whatever his screenname is (I forgot). Kirk ClimbingaMtn is in Mornington and would like to play Mornington Crescent with whomever.
-
Im there and almost got my ass killed.
-
Jussi, name is what?
-
Deff dred (scout)
-
Alright, so I passed out somewhere in Greentown.
Anyone want to come watch over a sleeping body (preferably not zombie)?
-
Calenlass is in Shearbank waiting on Eric/Hamhands/whatever his screenname is (I forgot). Kirk ClimbingaMtn is in Mornington and would like to play Mornington Crescent with whomever.
*waves*
I just got to you. I managed to go to the wrong NT building last night. Oooops.
My character's name is C Fang.
-
Is it worth it to try and shamble towards pegton or should i head towards the nearest revive point?
If you were closer I would say shamble over and look for a revive and heal here since that way you wouldn't have to worry about zombies along the way, but you are pretty far and survivors move twice as fast as zombies (at least at low levels.) So I would say look for a revive and heal now, run toward Pegton as fast as you can, and if you are killed again along the way then shamble the rest of the way.
Is it possible to trade items with other survivors? I'm just thinking that as a fireman, I won't have much use for a bunch of pistols and ammo, so if I find any in a search, it could probably be used better by someone else.
No it is not possible to trade. People often wish they could, but the obvious reason that isn't allowed is to prevent people from having an alt do all the searching and then simply hand the good stuff to their main character.
Also, if you find pistols and ammo keep them. Even if you have no use for them now, you'll eventually want them and keeping them will save you the searching later. It's not like you need the room in your inventory for anything else.
What other ways are there to get XP? As a cop, the best I've been doing is shooting at stray zombies.
That's pretty much the best way for a cop to gain XP. One of the downsides of UD is that it takes so long for a beginning player to get up to speed. It would be nice if there were an easier beginners area where you could gain your first couple levels before being released into the more difficult wider city, but oh well. Once you gain several levels (and more to the point, gain the most useful skills) XP becomes a pretty minor concern because you'll get XP incidentally as you just go about doing survivor stuff like healing people and clearing zombies out of breached buildings.
It's too bad you don't gain XP for building barricades, since building barricades is one of if not the main activity of survivors, but then if you got XP for building barricades you'd probably gain XP too quickly for game balance. By the time you're building barricades you don't really need XP anymore.
Also, another good tip for everyone: always carry around at least one FAK (first aid kit.) That's so that you can heal your own infection in you get bitten. Getting infected is pretty common, and it sucks to have to move around to find healing while infected.
-
I am now a zombie in the north-western cemetery in Pegton. Could someone bring me back to life if they can please?
-
None of us can because we've all just started out too; the first one who'll be able to revive others is me probably, and it'll be a couple levels before I get that ability. Just stand at a revive point or cemetery and in a couple hours some random person will probably swing by to help you out.
-
Oh noes, my character is gone.
That was years ago though. I used to be in the LUE zombie hoard, and took part in LollapaLUEza. We pretty much were a scourge, killing every main human group and the best fortified areas against zeds in the entire game. Something about 400 level 1 and 2 zombies banging on the walls of a mall held by the most experienced and best armed human players in the game amused me.
-
Eric I only have 17 AP. Whatchoo wanna do?
-
So I got Revivified, but I only have 15AP. I'm on Look Road in Shuttlebank. Is that close to anyone? I'll probably wait a while though before I wake up so I recharge my AP.
-
Ok, Stephen Hamhands is a firefighter in the Spice Hills Firhouse. I can't leave at this point because I used all 50 AP taking down a zombie and almost a 2nd (damn you 25% to hit!) but it's gotten me 49xp. If I can head out later today I'll start to head north and escape the area, if not, I'll try and get a level out of this and get free running so I can escape.
-
Someone un-zombied my original character, so now I need to figure out something to do with him. The character I like is in Pimbank, so I've almost made it to Pegton. Have we figured out a good place to meet up there yet?
-
Someone said Isgar Museum, but I'm just going to be in the general Pegton area rather than necessarily camping out in one spot with everyone else. As Jhocking pointed out, turning one building into a buffet table isn't really the best idea. I'm thinking I'll probably reroll as a doctor or necrotech employee and just concentrate on being an EMT of sorts. The skills I suspect I really want are Revive, Diagnosis and Freerunning anyway, after all. Maybe shopping and Bargain Hunting eventually.
-
OH SHIT A ZOMBIE BROKE THROUGH THE BARRICADES! SHIT SHIT SHIT!
-
Don't go fucking near Isgar Museum. Just got royally fucked over there, hiding in a hospital to the east. Lots of zombies milling around west Pegton.
-
It appears my old characters are still active (if both thoroughly dead), so I should have one of them over to Pegton in a day or so depending on how quickly I get revived.
-
Don't go fucking near Isgar Museum. Just got royally fucked over there, hiding in a hospital to the east. Lots of zombies milling around west Pegton.
you were lucky, few guys (including me got killed) but in north if you look at the mab there is safer.
-
I'm seeing a lot of players around but I can't tell who is from here and who isn't. Need a grooouuup.
-
oh shiiiiiiit the firehouse is invaded. I'm infected but I got outside at least. I'm gonna try to run my ass off as I get APs.
-
I created the group Serious Ponies so everybody join OR ELSE!
-
I'm in on the Serious Ponies group.
-
I joined, don't hit me.
-
I'll join, is pegton mostly overrun, or is it just that area? I've got my 50 AP now, so I'm going to be venturing out of the hiding spot. Has a guy with nothing but zombie skills in it now anyway, don't want to hang around him.
edit: crap, I guess I need to give myself 15 AP to get to safety, rather than 10. Fell asleep in South pitneybank, trying to find someplace that isn't EHB.
-
This game is too slow for my enjoyment. It makes me want to make a faster version.
-
That's basically Hell Rising (http://hellrising.com/). It wasn't as good mostly since the faster pace meant more annoying children, but it has been a long time since I played it.
-
I'm seeing a lot of players around but I can't tell who is from here and who isn't. Need a grooouuup.
Actually more importantly we should all post our UD profiles in here. Note that I posted Slick Donnie's profile, for example. You can get your profile page by clicking your name in the main game screen.
Anyone can add you to their contacts if they can see your profile, and once you put someone in your contacts you can give them a color and they will always appear that color, making it easy to spot them. I plan to make all QC people in my contacts blue, and dangerous people (PKers and spies) marked red.
-
Here is my character: http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1627549
Is anyone in or near Mumford towers in Pitneybank? Soon as I get a few more AP, I'm going to try to find a place to hide, but I haven't found anyplace that isn't EHB, it would be nice if someone near there has seen a place.
edit: nevermind, Mumford was only at VSB, hopefully there aren't zombies hiding inside because I fell asleep soon as I entered.
-
i put myself in Serious Ponies, profile is here (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1627823)
i've got two zombie alts as well but they're not really important at the moment.
-
William Castle (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1420103). I'm sort of tempted to make a new character to join this group since he's already at level 16, but damn it I really like having that name.
-
Yeah it's a decision. I already have a character with all the skills, but I decided it would be more interesting to start over from the beginning again.
-
Ok, I'm in a library in Pegton (Newstead, if I'm not mistaken), resting.
Jefferson Helie (I'm not sure if I gave the profile, so here: Jefferson (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1627958))
-
My name problem has been solved, since it turns out Professor Quatermass (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1628482) was still available so I made a new Necrotech employee. He's all the way over in South Blythville at the moment though and survival is not looking likely, so it might be a while before I can get him to Pegton. Until then I'll just keep using William Castle since he just got revived.
-
Will, is South Blythesville really that busy, or could you run through it very quickly? Ought to be able to get to Tollyton and hide if you have all or nearly all of your AP.
-
I'm down to 10AP unfortunately, I started way out west in Foulkes Village and I meandered a bit tagging some zombies. I might be alright, I'm in a VSB Necrotech with two others so there's a possibility it will be defended long enough for me to get out or just not attacked. It probably isn't too bad, just proximity to the mall means a decent number of zombies out and about looking for a snack and I'm dreading the thought of having to haul myself anywhere using 2AP per move.
Plus, I'm in a building with a guy calling himself Prof Von Neutsaak. I don't mind a good double entendré but that's not even trying!
-
K'Vat Hi'Lichut (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1626997)
Now wandering around alive but infected in North Pegton.
-
added y'all.
i'm posted up in the Woodroffe Mall in Tollyton with a shitload of other people. i've only enough AP to make a dramatic escape if shit goes down so i'm just waiting for now until i have enough to press onward.
-
Now wandering around alive but infected in North Pegton.
If the infection gets you the cemetery north of the Linney Museum seems to be a good place to get revived, and there's a church next to it you might find a medkit in if you're still standing.
Actually I can see you, and there appears to be a hospital three squares north of you which is a much better bet for a medkit to heal that infection (so long as it isn't too well barricaded).
-
Added all of you. Tha Funk (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1627978)
Currently holed up Mockridge Heights (I like living on the edge), Cullen Library. Anyone near?
-
dammit all, I could barely find any zombies to scan. I thought someone side the west side of Pegton is under attack? poo
-
The museum district was swarming with them yesterday. There are some hostile zones to the south-west that would make for good XP.
I'm Rhythmic (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1627614).
PS: The hospital I'm taking shelter in has a radio transmitter tuned to 28.03mHz. I'll be broadcasting any zombie attacks in Pegton on that band first.
-
I am in North-West Pegton now dead outside the Hunter Building after i was killed yet again.
-
I am Hey Friends (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1627956)
-
Your link needs fixing.
-
well i died my first day.
that stinks.
-
Chuck Forrest (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1626769i) is currently holed up somewhere in Edgecombe. So yeah...almost at Pegton.
Had to skirt between hella zombies in Crowbank, though. It was crazy.
Edit: Link fixed, I do believe.
-
Your link needs fixing.
-
I left my fire station, killed a zombie and found out that all the buildings in the area had been heavily barricaded :[
Fare thee well, 420smokeweed. I'll see you in the afterworld.
-
I Poor little hamhands. Got eaten by a zed.
-
I left my fire station, killed a zombie and found out that all the buildings in the area had been heavily barricaded :[
Fare thee well, 420smokeweed. I'll see you in the afterworld.
From what I can tell, you shouldn't worry about killing the zombie, you should make sure you have 10-15 AP to find someplace that hasn't been over-barricaded. It can take a while, I have just barely made it frequently, and just today I fell asleep in the street. Thankfully, I fell asleep right next to a very strongly barricaded building and got in with my next AP, but that could have been bad. There was a zombie within sight on my map.
Serious Ponies is now on the list of groups, 18 people strong. The weakest group on the list level-wise, but on the list nonetheless.
-
420smokeweed may be okay. He had 2 points within the hour and slinked into a barricaded building.
-
So what exactly does being in a group indicate? Is there a way to broadcast to all group members?
-
I don't think so, unless there's been some big changes since I played. Some groups use a particular radio frequency but you don't need to be in that group to broadcast or receive it.
Basically, someone's group gives you an idea of what they might do based on a group's reputation. If you're in a building and see someone there is part of a known PK group, then you might want to kill them or just run. Or you might want to heal people from groups you know to be good for defending your local area or are allied to your group before people from random groups.
-
Here's me: http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1627178
-
FINALLY I have made it to Pegton, I'm at Pyke auto repair but out of AP for now, should be able to make it to where people are at later today. Where are we hiding out? I know someone mentioned a hospital, but which one?
-
Have you read the thread? We've come to the realization that we shouldn't pick any one specific building to all hole up in because that's just asking for trouble, instead we should all just congregate in and around the same suburb in order to coordinate.
Also, people are posting their profile links so that we can add each other to our contacts and give QC people a special color.
The good advice is getting lost in the sea of posts, maybe the OP should start putting this stuff in the first post so it's easy to find. Also the list of profiles.
ADDITION: goddammit jace!
-
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1628330
-
Well I still want to hang out with someone. Jeez Joe Hocking, you're always so negative.
Here I am! http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1627860
-
oh man a Scout named "Mr Troll" is almost guaranteed to generate some suspicion. Not that I would expect it to be a major problem, but fyi you might get some dirty looks.
Serious Ponies is now on the list of groups, 18 people strong. The weakest group on the list level-wise, but on the list nonetheless.
How is our average level 3? I think maybe coincidentally there already was a group with this name so the game is lumping us all together.
-
That'll be my fault, I forgot to remove William Castle from the group after I created my new guy so that will have bumped the average. I've taken him out now.
-
I.. Think I'm confused. I had 31 AP, stood up for 10, moved one block for 2ap trying to get to a revival and ran out of AP?
Edit - Due to my confusion I made a Necrotech Scientist dude. http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1628784
I am currently in Millen Hills and will be making my way south.
-
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi
That is me and I don't know how to do anything but I'm not about to read anything either.
-
Try again dude
-
Mr Bonk (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1627972)
Now in Pegton!
Huddahud (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1628000)
Elsewhere, getting XP!
-
Captain Eaglebone is now sleeping in the Isgar Museum in Pegton. i have a FAK or two if anyone is nearby and needs some healin' (i'm out of AP at the moment but let me know and i'll help as soon as i can)
-
What level of barricading is the Isgar Museum at? Do you need freerunning to get in?
-
it's at VHB right now so i think you should be able to get in.
or maybe that's only if it's um...VSB? i can never remember at what level you can and can't enter from the street. anyway, i have 2AP right now so if you can get into an adjacent building i can move there and heal you.
EDIT: there's a church directly South-West of me and churches are usually enterable from the street, i believe.
-
I am in the Church but infected. My character is called K'Vat Hi'Lichut. there are about 5 other guys in here with me.
-
Ok, syringes, can I only find them by searching Necrotech buildings or can I find them in hospitals?
-
The Syringes can be found in NecroTech buildings or made in them if you have the NecroNet Access skill. Can't find them in hospitals.
-
All the police stations in Pegton are VHB. Going to have to raid into a different suburb for ammooooo.
-
Try Pitneybank, to the north of Pegton. It has been quiet as far as I can tell, I'm waiting until I get full AP before stepping outside. If you have shopping, you can search the gun stores in the mall, they have less items to find (no flack jackets or flare guns), so you only find guns and ammo.
-
I am in the Church but infected. My character is called K'Vat Hi'Lichut. there are about 5 other guys in here with me.
healed and healed
-
Thank you. I think i will hole up here for a while then maybe venture over to some hospitals to try and get some supplies for my medic or maybe just try to kill some zombies for experience.
-
Ok, syringes, can I only find them by searching Necrotech buildings or can I find them in hospitals?
Only Necrotech buildings. It's a moot point right now anyway because you can't use them without the Lab Experience skill. Remember you want to get Freerunning before any other skills, so by the time you have the revive skill you'll be able to enter Necrotech buildings.
Once you do get Lab Experience then reviving others is probably the best way for a lab tech to gain XP. Although it's a ton of effort to do revives, the payoff is 10 XP per revive, not to mention there's another survivor back on their feet who can help defend against the zombies.
Thank you. I think i will hole up here for a while then maybe venture over to some hospitals to try and get some supplies for my medic or maybe just try to kill some zombies for experience.
If you are a medic then healing others is probably a better way for you to gain XP than combat. I don't think medics start out with Diagnosis though, and without that skill you won't be sure who needs healing, so until then maybe combat actually would be the best idea, hm...
-
Okay so I would like to congregate but I have no sense of direction at all. I'm in Foulkes Village. Where is it that people are meeting? Anywhere specific?
-
Not really a specific building, but at least in the suburb of Pegton. A map was posted earlier.
-
Yeah there's a map on the UD wiki, and the wiki is linked from the game site.
Expanding on my thoughts earlier about healing being the best way for a medic to gain XP, but without Diagnosis you won't be able to see who needs healing (that's the skill to see other people's HP) then what you should probably do is spend most of your AP scrounging up FAKs in a hospital and then find a safehouse with a bunch of other survivors and just wait for someone to ask for healing. Just don't wait in the hospital itself, because those are probably the most frequently broken into buildings of all.
Along the same lines, if you need healing then make sure to tell the doctors/medics so that they know. Ideally you'll be in the same building as them and simply ask in the game for a heal.
Does anyone know what it means when there are people with Freerunning in a VS building? I'm not sure what it signifies, but it sure seems suspicious that they don't freerun over to an EH building. If this is a sign of zombie spies, then the building I (and a couple other Serious Ponies) am in is about to be attacked, crap.
-
Some people might just be too lazy to spend that extra AP or 2, or maybe they cut it really close getting back inside.
-
Oh another general tip I thought of, everyone make sure to stop by a police station at some point and search for a flak jacket. So to recap, the three general tips I've thrown out so far that apply to everyone:
When you get your first skill, pick Freerunning (unless of course you are a Scout and thus started with Freerunning.)
Carry around at least one FAK at all times, so that when a zombie infects you, you can heal yourself.
Find a flak jacket. You only have to do that once and then the flak jacket lasts forever, reducing the amount of damage you take. Personally I would say don't spend the AP on this until you've gained a couple levels first, because police stations are frequently barricaded too high for newbies to enter, and then you just wasted AP you could have spent gathering XP.
-
I managed to run into an active zombie, and he got me down to 18 HP while I was looking at the map planning my next move. I'm in the McDonald Drive fire station in Pegton, anyone that can get there and heal me, it would be greatly appreciated.
Also, is there any way to set your default weapon to being something other than punch? I wasted a lot of AP before realizing that I was trying to punch a zombie to death rather than using my axe.
-
I'm right by where you are, actually. Gonna go over n' heal.
Edit: So the freerunning skill lets you enter all those buildings on the map labeled "EHB"?
-
Thanks, Swoon. If anyone else wants to get in on it, I'm still at 23 health, plenty of XP to be had.
From how I understand it, freerunning lets you get from one building to another without going onto the street. So you find a VSB building, go in there, and then go across to the EHB buildings with freerunning.
-
I am sleeping in St. Siricius's Hospital in Pegton, all out of AP to do anything. Is anyone else in the area?
-
Some people might just be too lazy to spend that extra AP or 2, or maybe they cut it really close getting back inside.
One of those guys just healed me, so he's obviously not a zombie spy. I guess your explanation is the most likely one, just seems odd to me.
-
Yeah so this game is pretty boring. It takes over half my AP to do 9 damage to a zombie, and I'm a fireman.
Edit: here's my dude? http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1628789
-
Well it never gets fast paced, but it does get easier at higher levels. If you're packing some shotguns and you're skilled with them you can lay waste to several zombies easily with one day's AP, particularly if you're doing something like a fort or mall siege where you're never far from ammo and people will be running generators to keep the search rates high. Low levels are very much about being afraid, fairly useless and in constant danger, which is really very appropriate since everyone's going to suck at the start of the zombie apocalypse.
-
Right, so SirJuggles (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1627230) made the run to Tollyton and found a Fire Station to hide out in with a few other people. Once I get some rest I'll try and meet you all in Pegton. But I'm honestly not sure how long I'll be sticking with this, it does seem a bit... lacking when you realize that the point of the game is not to beat the zombies, but simply to continue existing.
-
Yeah so this game is pretty boring. It takes over half my AP to do 9 damage to a zombie, and I'm a fireman.
Some of that is luck, I think. On average as a 1st level fireman, it should take 12 attacks to do 9 damage (25% hit, 3 damage per hit), it just varies greatly depending on how the dice like you at the time.
Also note that once you get hand to hand combat, you will have a 40% chance to hit with your axe, you get stronger as the levels go up, but not any more durable, unless you take bodybuilder.
-
alright, added some new names to my contacts.
still in the Dinham (or something) Police Department in Pegton with some other people. gonna hang around here probably until tomorrow then i'm gonna use as much of my AP as necessary to try to find a Flak Jacket and hopefully a shotgun (i've got a couple of shotgun shells that i found earlier)
-
Well it never gets fast paced, but it does get easier at higher levels.
eh, if he doesn't like it he doesn't like it, the game's definitely not for everyone. Specifically, it's not a game about fast action or being a badass, so if that's what you want then this ain't it. The enjoyment in UD comes from the social interaction (cooperating with other survivors, deciding who to trust) and the satisfaction of carefully planning out and executing detailed strategies. Hell, if you read the wiki pages about combat it actually breaks down the average damage per AP for different situations; thinking like that definitely only appeals to a certain kind of person (specifically, a very nerdy person.)
EDIT: This post is pretty much repeating something I already said on a previous page, heh
http://forums.questionablecontent.net/index.php/topic,23983.msg866711.html#msg866711
-
Personally the thing I always liked best was the strange groups you got and the ridiculous histories people would make up for them. It's definitely something where the game itself is only part of it and the real fun comes from getting a group together to do, well, whatever it is you decide is worth doing (I always thought that was better than having some defined end goal).
However, the early few levels can be a bit of a grind since there's very little you can do. I very nearly gave up the first time I played it until I realised just how much faster you gained XP and could therefore expand the range of things you could get up to once you had a few handy skills under your belt. However, you're totally right in that you have to be a certain kind of person to be really pleased the day you realise you can finally install generators.
-
Personally the thing I always liked best was the strange groups you got and the ridiculous histories people would make up for them.
my old group's page (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Sebright_Union)
My original character's profile described him as reviving people to try to make amends to the sin of being an employee of the corporation that caused the zombie infestation. So yeah, making up stories to roleplay is fun.
-
Okay so my old dude died and I am now Guillermo Gigante (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1629165)
-
Alright I decided to make a new character to start anew. His name is Fininin (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1629332), joined serious ponies and heading to pegton
-
When I logged in this morning I found that a survivor had entered the building I am in and had asked to be "faked" because she was infected.
It was only after I'd healed her and cured her infection and that read her description.
"Somewhat tall, slender, long red hair and amethyst purple eyes; Fox ears poke out from her hair and a long, bushy fox tail protrudes from a hole ripped into the back of her denim shorts. Her blue denim shorts and white blouse are torn and bloodstained."
We nearly had a Furry Zombie.
-
So do you want to go somewhere or just kind of use this as a center of operations? I'm pretty sure I can find zombies to tag within range.
-
Hey guys, I finally made it to Pegton, where are you guys hanging out?
I'm at St. Birgitta's Church, bashing on a zombie, but I'll probably head into the Dingham police thingy when I run out of AP, which is soon.
EDIT: oh oops, fell asleep.
-
So do you want to go somewhere or just kind of use this as a center of operations? I'm pretty sure I can find zombies to tag within range.
I've no problem staying here. I noticed earlier that the barricades were down to Loosely Barricaded and built them back up.
You go out and tag stuff and I'll keep the home fires burning. I will need to go out and get more First Aid Kits though.
I keep falling while Free Running between buildings.
-
I went to St. Birgitta's church and attacked the zombie, but they're still alive/a zombie. Now I'm sleeping it off. Stupid police station is too heavily barricaded, and I couldn't get onto any roofs in the area so I could free run around and get in that way.
-
Ok somehow I keep running out of moves on the server. There are 160 allowed from one IP per day. I don't think I've been playing after midnight, and I only have two dudes. I am not using AOL or some other service that reuses IPs. What the fuck.
-
I am a little tempted to get Diagnosis now that I have enough XP for that, but really I should hold out for Freerunning and get Diagnosis or Lab Experience after that. (different skills cost different amounts depending on your character class.)
Ok somehow I keep running out of moves on the server. There are 160 allowed from one IP per day. I don't think I've been playing after midnight, and I only have two dudes. I am not using AOL or some other service that reuses IPs. What the fuck.
That is pretty annoying. I don't know what actions count against the 160 limit. For example, does simply checking someone's profile count toward the limit? That is a call to the UD database after all.
-
I think so. I nearly ran out of moves yesterday and I used to play two characters regularly, the only thing I could think of as being different was that I was checking a lot of profiles from here in order to add them to my contacts list.
-
Oh, hey, apparently I'm dead. Stupid zombies.
-
I'm outside St Elisabeth's hospital, and it's barricaded, and I'm infected - down to 2 hp. Is someone around?
-
Woo! Heal!
Now I just need to find a barricaded building that I can enter.
-
I'm outside St Elisabeth's hospital, and it's barricaded, and I'm infected - down to 2 hp. Is someone around?
The cemetery right next to you is a revive point. No reason, just sayin'.
-
Fell asleep in a fire station in Tollyton and woke up dead. In hindsight, I probably should have realized the VSB entry point for a mall would be a big target.
-
dang. fell asleep in the street, like, 2 or 3 blocks from my destination.
-
oh man, I forgot how hilarious some of the wiki pages are:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Ridleybank#RRF_Building_Code
-
The 160 limit resets at midnight GMT, as I understand it. Could that impact your IP hits issue?
-
I'm moving out of Pegton for a few days to get ammo, since all of the police depots there are EHB. Really want my free-running.
-
Moving out of your home suburb frequently is perfectly normal. For example, I keep going south of Pegton to find zombies to tag and return to sleep because there seem to be a lot of VS buildings. Meanwhile, once I get a few levels I expect to do most of my resupplying in the malls nearby; that again would mean leaving Pegton itself.
Don't feel the need to stay within Pegton's borders all the time, but don't go far either.
-
Yeah, if you are doing a lab tech, you pretty much have to go into a yellow/orange area to find zombies to tag, since you can only get 4 XP off of each. Pegton doesn't have much stuff, but Pitneybank just north of it has everything. It is farther away from zombie hotspots, though, so it is probably good that we picked Pegton to operate out of for now.
-
Stephen Hamhands is properly named apparently. 25 AP, and managed to hit a zombie 3 times with said AP before retreating back into the hospital. He was a "Special" volunteer.
-
Although the page says it is about mall sieges, really it's just generally how UD play works:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Guides:The_Mall_Defence_Manifesto
In particular, note how disdainful he is of trenchers.
ADDITION: I don't agree with everything on this page about trenchers (for example, if they were obsessed with cading then they'd actually be useful) but it gives you the gist.
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Trenchcoat
On this page note the bits about how total victory would actually be bad for this game, and that you should always remember the zombies are players too:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Trenchcoater/definition
-
The cemetery right next to you is a revive point. No reason, just sayin'.
Yeah, I should have really rtfm. Sorry about that :D
-
Actually, what I meant is you're probably about to die. After that, go to the cemetery for a revive.
-
I'm in St. Elisabeth's Hostpital in Pegton and I have an extra FAK. anybody nearby need a little boost or an infection cure? come on by. the hospital is VHB but the church next door is enterable.
-
SWM: Here to fak everyone.
-
it's all i can do to get any XP. i've got a pool cue and a pistol but fighting seems to mostly be a waste of time at this point so i've just been scouring this hospital for FAKs and i'm rarely hurt or even in any danger, for that matter so i figure the best thing i can do is use 'em on people who actually need them.
Freerunning Combat Layabout Medic, at your service!
-
Yep, SirJuggles is in a similar situation in. Currently asleep after scrounging for FAK's in St. Matthews in Pegton. Bah freerunning, why must you be so expensive for doctors?
-
hah! i was just wondering why doctor skills must be so expensive for freerunners!
-
Yep, SirJuggles is in a similar situation in.
Ah but you have Diagnosis, and that makes a ton of difference. It's a lot easier to get experience through healing when you can see who is injured.
Personally SWM I'd say search a fire station for an axe to hack at zombies with. Your hit percentage will be pathetically low, it's true, but it'll still be a way to gain XP while waiting for people to ask for heals. Then pick up Hand to Hand combat as your first skill (because you're military, combat skills are only 75 XP) to make hacking with an axe hit more often.
It's a tough call though, because Diagnosis would be really useful for you too. If they were the same XP cost the choice would be clearer, but since healing skills will cost you twice as much XP as combat skills I would say going for a combat skill early on would be your best bet.
Incidentally, did you heal puki? He probably wouldn't still be there but I'm curious if you'd seen his message and healed him. He was right outside the building you're in.
I'm outside St Elisabeth's hospital, and it's barricaded, and I'm infected - down to 2 hp. Is someone around?
-
By the way, adding people to your contacts list counts as server hits, and that is what they only allow 160 of. Totally worth it, though, I now have all of Brooksville colour-coded with Captain Kirk.
-
Incidentally, did you heal puki? He probably wouldn't still be there but I'm curious if you'd seen his message and healed him. He was right outside the building you're in.
Hey, I've been healed! Nice. I'm still somewhat confused about this game (didn't catch who healed me, but thanks!) currently I'm somewhere around that same hospital, in a building, sleeping. Bah, I have a survivor skills of a lemming. But I'll catch up.
Thanks to anyone who healed me!
-
So, some asshole upped the barricade level of the Fire station I was crashing at (although there were sprays in and outside asking to keep it at SB so it can be an entry point) and I'm asleep out front. Though the place seems to be fairly zombie free, so I'm hoping I'll be okay and be able to get back in later.
-
Okay, I've got all the handgun and shotgun skills, and freerunning, and 100 xp. Since I'm military, I can only afford misc skills. which one should I take?
-
Ok, in all seriousness, Free Running or Hand to Hand for my fireman first? I'm in a currently pretty kushy VSB building and 15xp from getting my first skill.
-
Guys, barricader needed at St.Birgitta's church in Pegton. Last check 1 zombie hacking at the barricade, 3 more 1 block to the east and 3 more 1 block to the north-east.
Also, general area update: Peppardville, a former safe suburb directly north-west of Pegton, is now moderately dangerous and it is quite possible that the zombies will start spilling into Pegton so keep your eyes and ears open unless you want to lose them.
-
Okay, I've got all the handgun and shotgun skills, and freerunning, and 100 xp. Since I'm military, I can only afford misc skills. which one should I take?
Either Construction or Shopping, it's a toss up. Construction allows you to barricade buildings, which is the only long-term defense against zombies, but on the other hand taking Shopping (and then Bargain Hunting after that) will make it so much easier to stock up on ammo in malls.
Ok, in all seriousness, Free Running or Hand to Hand for my fireman first? I'm in a currently pretty kushy VSB building and 15xp from getting my first skill.
Freerunning. Every survivor should get freerunning as soon as possible. You'll want Hand to Hand next, but the first skill you get should be Freerunning.
-
someone better revive me when i get to pegton, i forgot how horrible it is to move around as a lvl 1 zombie
-
Alright, I'll get free running, probably hang out in this building until it seems liek it might be compromised and/or I get my 2nd skill and get the hell out of dodge.
-
crap well so much for earning Freerunning tomorrow morning, I doubt I'll have enough AP to do it now. On the plus side, I just got lucky and happened to log in to check on my character at the same time that a zed was pounding on the doors, so I was able to move to a new safehouse when I saw the barricades start collapsing.
@snalin: Another thought to consider is saving up XP to spend on zombie skills next time you are killed. Even if you don't really play as a zombie, skills like Lurching Gait and Ankle Grab are useful to get you back on your feet faster after you've been killed.
-
Melodic, I saw your message ingame. I don't know of any police stations that aren't EHB in Pegton, or anywhere else really. Haven't been looking, since I don't have any gun skills.
edit: Anyone with revive, Tha Funk is zombified outside of the Isgar Museum. Or maybe he is dead, I wasn't eager to hang around the three zombies too long. I'm sure he would appreciate a revive.
-
I can't get XP without ammo, and I can't get into places with ammo without more XP. Good thing I've got an alt (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1628745) to keep me busy
-
That Catch-22 is precisely why the barricade plans for most suburbs say not to barricade police stations too high, but a lot of people do anyway. For reference, this behavior is considered a form of griefing:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/EH-bitching
-
Have you checked the ones in Pitneybank? They are supposed to be kept at VSB.
-
Anyone with revive, Tha Funk is zombified outside of the Isgar Museum. Or maybe he is dead, I wasn't eager to hang around the three zombies too long. I'm sure he would appreciate a revive.
Well, thats one of the 4 zombies there accounted for.
I would not recommend going to St.Birgitta's Church in Pegton right now unless you have Barricade as a skill as there are z's all around ready to pound down the remainder of the light barricades that are left. Anybody nearby can head over to Edgecombe and Vine Grove School on the border. It is VSB so fine for all and i am there alone currently though some generator fuel would be appreciated.
General Area Update: As of October 9th, Spracklingbank has been downgraded to moderately dangerous. While not directly next to Pegton it was in the heart of the general north-east safe area and z's have broken into the mall that is there. No doubt they will be looking for somewhere to go and with the seeming zombie build-up in the north-east they will probably be looking to infest any safe areas. Peace out survivors, and remember: eyes and ears are more useful to survivors than zombies.
-
Huddahud I think is going to become my main. He's currently in Lerwill Heights, with axe handling and hand-to-hand, 3XP from level 3 where I'm going to get free running and try to join the group with him.
-
I'm sure he would appreciate a revive.
By the middle of next week I should have Lab Experience, and then I'll start concentrating on reviving people, with any Serious Ponies being the first people I revive when I check revive points. That is, if we can decide on a revive point* then I'll start checking there daily once I can do revives, and anyone in my contacts (ie. you guys) will be the first people I revive.
*We should pick whatever is the revive point nearest to the NT building. Which building is the NT? I must be blind, because I don't see it on the map:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Pegton#Suburb_Map
EDIT: Found it, it's the Rowcliffe Building. So once I get Lab Experience I'll start hanging around Somerville Boulevard to check that revive point frequently.
-
there seems to be quite a few zombies invading Pegton. obviously there is a group at St. Matthew's Hospital (already mentioned) but now there are several small groups to the north west of there as well. I'm holed up with no AP in Peagly Auto Parts or something and there are several small groups directly to the West of me by 3 blocks or so. So be careful, folks.
-
If things do go bad, where should we run to? Especially since a lot of us don't have freerunning yet, we can't get into the EHB buildings, the VSB ones will probably be the first targets if bigger attacks happen. I'm a few XP away from second level, the RNG hates my axe.
-
North maybe? there seems to be a big cluster of green zones to the north. we'd probably be pretty safe up there for a grip.
-
North does look a lot safer than south, but this doesn't seem like a concerning rise in zombie levels to me. Admittedly it's been a long time since I was a new character so my sense of the danger level might not be so good for us, but unless you start seeing packs of a dozen zombies attacking important buildings like the hospitals I wouldn't worry too much. One or two zombies sprinkled throughout the suburb is pretty much as safe as Malton gets. Just exercise sensible caution about where you choose to sleep.
-
Couple of questions:
1. Does booze offer any benefit at all? Or is it just needless encumbrance?
2. Is it possible to trade items (or give away stuff you don't need), or is dropping the only way to get rid of them?
-
No benefit to booze.
Items cannot be traded, so drop stuff you don't need. Incidentally, when you edit your character settings you can decide what items you want to keep in searches. This doesn't actually change your search odds (I wish!) so you're just as likely to get the items you don't want, you just don't have to bother dropping them manually.
Here's a screenshot of my settings, it'll give you a sense of what items to keep and which are useless:
(http://i4.photobucket.com/albums/y120/jhocking/ud-items.png)
Note that there are a few useful items I have unchecked because I don't need them right now. These are the DNA Extractor (because I already have one,) fuel cans (too early to worry about fuel, gotta concentrate on gaining XP for now,) portable generators (ditto,) and toolboxes (can't use them without Construction anyway.)
Some people would say flare guns and radios are useful, but I think they are just a waste of encumbrance.
-
I'm in a police dept. in Pitneybank, 1 suburb to the north of you. I've got a ton of guns but no real usefulness to a group as of yet. Getting baricade, so if you are having troubble with zeds breaking in tomorrow...
-
As I understand it, wine heals one HP when you drink it. Not sure if the same goes for beer.
Snalin, is it at VSB? If so, Melodic would probably like to know which one, so he can get some ammo.
-
Can't you use booze to trash a generator somehow? Although there's not much use in that unless you're wanting to be an arse.
-
Thanks for the advice about Pitneybank -- finally in a police station again.
-
Saw you had left the warehouse, glad the police station was actually at VSB. I'm 11 XP away from getting free-running, I'm having to stop myself from running off with only 25 AP and trying for it.
-
Yo dude I am talking to you retrospectively.
-
I meant trying to get 11 XP off of a zombie, not go for the police station. Should have made those two separate paragraphs.
-
Alright, now that I have Free Running Something foreshadowing bad things has happened This Man: http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1504895 Apparently came into the hospital I'm in and broke the generator. He seems to be a career Zombie and as soonas I have a chance Tonight I'm going to start making my way to Greentown from Spicer Hills. If anyone is in the area I can try and meet up with you there before we head to Show Hills. I'm doing this with Stephen Hamhands.
-
Again, one bad thing happening isn't a reason to run. GKers (generator killers) are a common plague in Malton, especially in high-profile targets like hospitals, you see it all the time. Seeing a GKer isn't really foreshadowing of something, it's just a reminder not to be complacent because nowhere in Malton is truly safe.
ADDITION: whoah I just checked where Greentown and Spicer Hills are on the map. I thought we were gathering in Pegton, that's why I've been hanging around here.
-
Pegton is the general area for our survivors to gather in right now. Maybe when we're all together we can move to an area with more supplies though as Pegton seems pretty bare.
Right now i have made a run to Tollyton and holed up in a Fire Station to rest. I am looking for an axe if possible then i plan to make a run to a couple of hospitals to see if i can find some FAKs.
-
I wouldn't say that it's bare of supplies, there's a mall and a fort just a little north and the entrances to forts are usually at no more than VSB because nobody can freerun into them.
-
guys, I'm now dead in Dentonside; I got into a building with good barricades, but failed to notice the dead body there.
What's the official ressurectingspot in Pegton?
-
The two cemeteries are revivification points, one in the north-west and one in the south-east.
The Mall and other useful surrounding buildings are in the north section of Pitneybank; not far away but not in Pegton itself.
-
I wouldn't say that it's bare of supplies, there's a mall and a fort just a little north and the entrances to forts are usually at no more than VSB because nobody can freerun into them.
Yeah I'm not sure where the sense is coming from that Pegton is bare of supplies. Not only is there a mall just one suburb north (any closer and you're in the path of zombies attacking the mall) but in Pegton itself there's an NT building, two fire stations, three hospitals, and four police stations. A resource-poor suburb is one that's not near any mall, has no NT building, and maybe one each of fire stations, hospitals, and police stations.
And remember what we discussed on previous pages about going outside your home suburb. That is, you'll venture into neighboring suburbs frequently, both for gathering supplies and for finding zombies to hunt. This is not a problem, it is normal.
What's the official ressurectingspot in Pegton?
Just a few posts up on this page...
By the middle of next week I should have Lab Experience, and then I'll start concentrating on reviving people, with any Serious Ponies being the first people I revive when I check revive points. That is, if we can decide on a revive point* then I'll start checking there daily once I can do revives, and anyone in my contacts (ie. you guys) will be the first people I revive.
*We should pick whatever is the revive point nearest to the NT building. Which building is the NT? I must be blind, because I don't see it on the map:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Pegton#Suburb_Map
EDIT: Found it, it's the Rowcliffe Building. So once I get Lab Experience I'll start hanging around Somerville Boulevard to check that revive point frequently.
fyi, I had a really lucky day collecting XP today, so if all goes well (ie. I'm not killed) then I'll have Lab Experience in two days. Add another day for collecting syringes, and I'll start reviving people in three days.
-
Yeah, Pegton's actually got a pretty decent spread going. The only issue I've had has been with ammo, but that's just because people EHB'd all of the Police Stations, and that sort of paranoia can afflict any suburb. But as others have already pointed out, even that situation is pretty quickly fixed by a quick stop in Pitneybank.
-
I came within two hits of killing a zombie, it had 30 HP to start with, I attacked it about 40 times, and got it down to 12 health before about 15 misses in a row, had to leave it with 6 HP because I had no more AP to spare.
If anyone wants to finish it, it is outside the Bennett Building.
On the bright side, I managed to get enough XP off of it to get free running. Next stop: hand to hand combat, and a slightly better chance to actually hit things with my axe.
-
Anyone in Tollyton: there is a 12-strong z-horde meandering through the suburb so keep an eye (preferably two) open and make sure you don't sleep outdoors.
-
Huddahud is now level 3, with full axe capablility and free running and I'm dunkr;
-
My axe fighter is stuck pretty far off from Pegton, so I made another dude, Balthazar Montague.
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1631718
I'm hanging out in St Matthews Hopsital in Pegton right now.
-
fuuuuuck I didn't leave myself enough AP to get back to safety. Now I'm stuck outside and there are zombies in adjacent blocks. I need exactly 3 AP to reach safety and I have 1 (I'm standing on a block with an EH building, and there's a ruined building next door) so I'm gonna have to log back in an hour and pray that I haven't been killed.
god how could I have been so stupid
ADDITION: I made it! whew that was tense. It'll be pretty ironic if zombies break into my safehouse now.
-
Heh, well, I chose to sleep in a church, and zombies came and killed me in the meantime (St.Bruno's, Pegton). Now I'm waiting to build up AP to come to the cemetery.
-
I'm in Sellek Way Fire Station, it's at EHB and the only other person there is Mr. Bonk, Ozy's scout. Warehouse to the northeast is at VSB, seems pretty safe to me.
If you have free running and you click from an EHB building to a street, are you risking taking damage, or does it assume that you want to get out like any survivor would get out of a heavily barricaded building?
-
You'll just get out, far as I know the only way you take damage free running is if you run into a ruined building.
-
Okay, thanks.
-
SirJuggles charging up AP in St. Matthews in Pegton with 10 FAKS. If anyone needs healing, I'm your man.
-
alrighty, Nerdry the Lab tech has made it to Pegton and is currently in Pyke Auto Repair with some of you lovely folks.
-
"You are lying outside the Whicher Building, a fire-damaged grey-stone building with pillars along its front. The building has been extremely heavily barricaded - you can see no way to enter.
There are two dead bodies here."
Ok, so, I have to stop waiting to 10 ap to get up, and save some more to get up and run away somewhere. Someone (not a Serious Pony) dezombified me, but I am still useless.
-
Huddahud is now in Roftwood, almost to Pegton. Gonna axe some zombies a question.
-
Man I am waiting at a revive point but nobody is coming to revive me. Ugh.
-
I got a revive instantly at Somerville Boulevard in Pegton, if you're not there already, give it a try.
there's way too many EHBs around, I keep on spending 10+ AP to get indoors.
-
Man I am waiting at a revive point but nobody is coming to revive me. Ugh.
Where are you? I found myself waiting for ages at the cemetery next to St Bruno's, but I got revived really fast when I moved to the one above the Norgan library up North in Pitneybank. That one's next to one Necrotech building and just three squares away from another, as well as being between the fort and the mall so it seems quite well staffed.
-
If you haven't already, I'd make sure to post a revive request on the DEM Revivification Request Manager (http://www.ud-malton.info/revive.php). I found it got me up and running in a day.
-
Where are you? I found myself waiting for ages at the cemetery next to St Bruno's, but I got revived really fast when I moved to the one above the Norgan library up North in Pitneybank. That one's next to one Necrotech building and just three squares away from another, as well as being between the fort and the mall so it seems quite well staffed.
I was at the cemetery in south west Pegton. I made it up to Pitneybank but it nearly took all of my AP to get there, so if I get revived it will take me a while to make it back down into Pegton. Curses.
-
Man what the fuck Shearbank is green now? I need zombies to tag wah. Moved to Roachtown for now.
Also Kirk ClimbingaMtn is dead in North Blyville with 7AP. He was in a ESB building and within the last hour zombies brought down the barricades and killed him. I guess I will wait to fix that. It is 10 AP to stand up, right? and then like 2AP to shamble along a single block?
-
DURRRRRRRRR!
-
Uh, I think you've got the wrong address (http://forums.questionablecontent.net/index.php/topic,7913.2800.html)
-
If I have learned anything from playing this game so far, it is that doctors are not well-suited to fighting zombies with fire axes.
Edit: So for all ambitious pre-med majors out there, it might be a good idea to minor in axe.
-
It is 10 AP to stand up, right? and then like 2AP to shamble along a single block?
That's right, at least until you get the zombie skills to move at the same rate as a human and stand up for 9 AP less than normal.
-
This game. I'm trying to like it, really, but jesus christ all of these damn EHB buildings, frustrating the hell out of me. I picked cop to start, lost all 6 of my ammo without hitting the damn zombie once, ran like hell, and then it took me 30 AP to bash through the protection on a fire station. What the hell is the appeal?
-
It's certainly not a game to everyone's tastes given its snail's pace and the fact that you can log in to find someone's gnawed on your brains during the night when you couldn't do anything about it, but you could make things a lot easier on yourself than they are at the moment.
It's really hard to break through barricades when you're at a low level, and once you've got enough XP to buy free running you'll almost never need to unless someone over-barricades a building you want kept at VSB. With 30 AP you would have been much better served just wandering around looking for a VSB building instead.
Cop's also a tricky starting class, since without free running it's hard to get the ammo for the pistol which is your best way of getting XP. If you're in a fire station anyway look for an axe, you'll miss a lot attacking with one (base accuracy is a poor 10%) but it ought to help you nonetheless, and flare guns will be useful to you too. Their accuracy is poor, but they do give an impressive 15 HP damage (30 if you attack the target with a fuel can first) and since you already have basic firearms training their accuracy is maxed out for you already. Also, you'll end up killing more zombies faster if you take the time to stock up on a lot of supplies before venturing out. Even if every shot hit, one loaded pistol will only do 30 HP of damage so not enough to drop a healthy zombie. That might sound a bit disheartening, but killing just two fully healthy zombies will give you more than enough XP for any skill so it's not actually too bad.
Though you spend pretty much all of your time running for your life when you start once you've got a decent skill set you can do a lot more, as well as dropping zombies a lot easier (100 XP will buy you the skill to bump your current pistol accuracy to 55%, which ought to ease your frustrations). A good location will make your life easier too. If you're near Pegton I'd recommend going north to Pitneybank and operating out of the fort. The barricades are typically kept at VSB, there's the ammo you need and you should be able to find enough zombies to kill to the south and west.
-
420smokeweed is back and kicking and holed up in the train station in Edgecomb. Tomorrow I arrive in Pegton.
-
I just managed to get 50 XP in one day, somehow. 8 more and I'll have my third level.
There are quite a few small groups of zombies around Pegton, be sure to get inside before you fall asleep. There are 2 outside of the warehouse I have mentioned before, on the north border of Pegton. The building is still at VSB, but it only takes 8-10 hits to knock it down to nothing.
-
If I have learned anything from playing this game so far, it is that doctors are not well-suited to fighting zombies with fire axes.
The best way to gain XP as a new doctor is to heal people (earth shattering revelation.) Go to a hospital and scrounge up a bunch of FAKs. Then just keep an eye out for wounded survivors (doctors start with Diagnosis, the skill that allows you to see other people's HP) and heal any injured people you find. It's 5 XP per heal.
It is 10 AP to stand up, right? and then like 2AP to shamble along a single block?
That's right, at least until you get the zombie skills to move at the same rate as a human and stand up for 9 AP less than normal.
A couple pages ago I suggested that after buying your first few skills you might want to save up XP to get zombie skills next time you die. This is why; if you have 100 XP when you die you can buy Lurching Gait to move faster, and if you have another 100 XP after that you can get Ankle Grab and then you can stand up for 1 AP.
I just managed to get 50 XP in one day, somehow. 8 more and I'll have my third level.
Sometimes the RNG is just nice to you. You always notice when the rolls are going against you, but that's gotta be balanced out with days when every attack connects.
-
Well, I used probably 41 AP attacking, as best as I can figure. 41/4 is 10.25, giving me 30.75XP plus the 10 from killing a zombie (had about 20 health to begin with), so I guess it was a bit lucky. I guess it partially makes up for the times where I get in 5 hits in 35 attacks.
-
The best way to gain XP as a new doctor is to heal people (earth shattering revelation.) Go to a hospital and scrounge up a bunch of FAKs. Then just keep an eye out for wounded survivors (doctors start with Diagnosis, the skill that allows you to see other people's HP) and heal any injured people you find. It's 5 XP per heal.
Though so far, my biggest challenge has been finding injured survivors. I'm camped out in a hospital, so everyone who comes through seems able to take care of themselves. And all I've come across on sweeps of the street are zombies, which I do not care to use my carefully-cultivated medical skills on.
-
So i have just wasted about 20AP looking for a place to stay because everywhere is EHB from Tollyton to Pegton. This is really, really stupid. Eventually i wound up in the Schonlau Motel in Pitneybank which seems to be a point for all people as it is pretty busy.
Also here is a person who it may well be best to kill before they kill you. Bouchan seems very happy to chop people up, whether alive or not, so either be careful when leaving the motel or take a few swipes at him/her, i'm sure they won't be missed by the living. :wink:
-
Something I forgot about because it's been a long time since I played UD, if you are using Firefox there are some helper extensions for UD you might want:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/External_Links#Greasemonkey_Scripts
I just started searching for supplies today (up until now I was solely concentrating on tagging zombies for XP) and I noticed the items display was so disorganized, so that reminded me that one of my favorite user scripts was a Greasemonkey script that organizes all your items into neat categories and counts up how many you have of repeated items (eg. instead of a bunch of individual buttons for all your FAKs, it tells you a count of how many FAKs you have.)
To install that script first you need the Greasemonkey extension:
http://www.greasespot.net/
Then after installing that extension, whenever you click the link for a Greasemonkey script, the script will be installed. The item organizer script I referred to is here:
http://personal.penny-craal.org/midianian/hack/userscripts/files/UDICOS-1.2.user.js
To clarify what this script does, here's my screen normally:
(http://i4.photobucket.com/albums/y120/jhocking/ud-before.jpg)
Here's my screen with the item organizer script:
(http://i4.photobucket.com/albums/y120/jhocking/ud-after.jpg)
Meanwhile, another script I like is one that colorizes wounded survivors, so I can spot them more easily when moving around safehouses (this script doesn't do anything if you don't have Diagnosis):
http://www.fireopal.com/ud/ud-hpcolor.user.js
Though so far, my biggest challenge has been finding injured survivors. I'm camped out in a hospital, so everyone who comes through seems able to take care of themselves. And all I've come across on sweeps of the street are zombies, which I do not care to use my carefully-cultivated medical skills on.
Well looking in the street for survivors gets nowhere, because survivors with any sense stay indoors, while most survivors outside are killed pretty quickly. Obviously it's a lot easier to walk through safehouses looking for wounded after you get Freerunning, but even before then you might concentrate on safehouses near revive points; when revived you are at half health, so there are likely to be lots of people needing healing in the vicinity of a revive point.
-
I have 3 FAKs and am 10xp from getting a new skill, which will be Hand to Hand. I have 3 FAKs. Can I use them on folks even if they don't need healing, and if I can will it still give me the XP even if they don't need it?
-
You won't get the XP and you'll waste an AP, getting a message that tells you they're at full health. However, you also won't lose the FAK so it's a pretty good way of going about things if you don't have diagnosis.
-
So I spent 49 AP going straight from Brooksville to Pegton with Pauly Dickgobbler. Now I have a fireman and a medic in the same building.
-
DING! Level 4, just acquired first aid. Next stop: Pegton, Level 5, Diagnose, and putting an axe in some zed head.
HUDDAHUDDAHUDDA.
-
i might make it to level 2 today! i'm at 66 XP or something. if anyone in St. Matthew's needs healing, let me know. i'm next door and i've got extra FAKs.
-
Kirk ClimbingaMtn bolted from North Blyville through Lerwill Heights. By the way, the wiki will tell you it is green, but I saw several groups of 5-10 zombies and one of 30. It ain't safe there no more.
-
So I spent 49 AP going straight from Brooksville to Pegton with Pauly Dickgobbler. Now I have a fireman and a medic in the same building.
You don't want to have both of your characters that close to each other, you get penalties on your chances of success if you have more than one character within some distance of another. I don't know what distance for sure, at least the same suburb.
edit: Ding 3! Got hand to hand, I think next I'm going to save some XP to at least get lurching gait, if not ankle grab, when I die.
-
i think i remember reading that it was something like 15 blocks? Not 100% sure, but i think it's around there.
-
Not only will you get seriously decreased hit rates/search percentages you can just get your accounts deleted. I usually make sure alts are at least two suburbs apart and you should never have two in the same group.
If any of you with FAKs need someone to heal Professor Quatermass is currently all fucked up in Pyke Auto Repair in Pegton after I was stupid enough to leave him outside while I went to the pub and he got all chewed.
-
oh shit
(http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_X_8DmXg7P8E/SiU9pgQUzNI/AAAAAAAAAKE/kcPrwrgqJ8Y/s400/zombie-trek-kirk.jpg)
It is too bad you can't have avatars.
-
We should have a zombie week
-
Every day is Zombie Week for me.
also,
If any of you with FAKs need someone to heal Professor Quatermass is currently all fucked up in Pyke Auto Repair in Pegton after I was stupid enough to leave him outside while I went to the pub and he got all chewed.
Dibs! I am so close to leveling up for the first time I can taste it. I'm only three blocks away but I'm out of AP at the moment so I will be there as soon as possible (probably later tonight, or tomorrow morning).
oh yeah, and by "Dibs!" I mean "yeah, you guys can heal him too, if you want but please leave some for me. Just a little."
-
I was at 9 HP when I logged out, so there should be plenty of mangled man to go around unless someone in the safe house is seriously on the ball. I was really lucky not to end up dead, I'd stupidly used up too much AP tagging zombies because I was so close to getting free running I could taste it, and when I logged back in I was infected with 4 HP left. If I hadn't had a FAK I would've bought it trying to walk back to the safe house.
-
Someone has already healed you. I know this because i was going to shamelessly steal the XP but failed miserably.
I did, however, obtain 2 crowbars on a search of the auto repair building itself so i guess it's even.
-
Bloody hell, that was fast! Sorry SWM, you have been usurped by a cheeky man with maxed out medical skills and 5 FAKs to hand.
-
Okay, so the barricade of the building I was in has been nearly ripped down completely by the four zombies outside, so I ran out. Unfortunately, I forgot that I had almost no AP, and so ran out in the street only a few blocks away. I'm praying the building I'm on is VSB or I'm dead. In other news I made a zombie called The Becktown Ghoul, though currently he's in Wykewood... just killed a survivor and have 30 experience points, and already having more fun that my survivor. Who wants to start a zombie group?
-
Not only will you get seriously decreased hit rates/search percentages you can just get your accounts deleted. I usually make sure alts are at least two suburbs apart and you should never have two in the same group.
I didn't really want the medical alt, I just got tired of being stuck far away and wanted to see what else there was around.
-
I want to start a zombie group! I have one, Gundunh (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1627021), but it's not all skilled up.
I suggest making a small horde somewhere on the western edge of town, after we've gained some levels, and at least one guy with the door opening skill. We can perhaps agree on one place to meet and hang around? Lukinswood looks pretty good, anything in that area with a mall is bound to draw survivors.
-
I've got one that is going to be a zombie once it dies (it is currently living out of Hollomstown, which is yellow, and ventures into Danversbank every day to scan zombies, only a matter of time before a barricade falls while it is asleep), but I'm planning on being dual nature rather than pure zombie.
-
I was at the cemetery in south west Pegton. I made it up to Pitneybank but it nearly took all of my AP to get there, so if I get revived it will take me a while to make it back down into Pegton. Curses.
I have Lab Experience now guys, so I can revive people. If you need a revive, go to the revive point at Somerville Boulevard and let me know.
-
Well, went to bed last night and it was the last day living for Tobias Jordan for a while. I guess now I don't have an excuse anymore not to slowly hobble over to Shore Hills and find a revive point once I get some AP.
-
Found a zombie nearby outside and went to town on it, got it 50% of the way down in HP and went back to my safehouse, now I've got freerunning though. Next up: some melee skills
-
Yeah, made it to level 2 finally! Hand to Hand skills here I come!
-
Isn't life so much easier once you have Freerunning? I initially started doubting my own advice, thinking that only being able to get into VS buildings wasn't bad and I should spend the XP on something else, but once I could run around into any building I wanted it was such a breath of fresh air.
Also, I discovered today that Somerville Boulevard is deserted. It's still marked as a revive point and it's right next to the NT, but it would appear that if you're looking for a revive the cemeteries are where the revives are happening. Same story as before, if I see anyone I recognize when I stop by there to revive people, Serious Ponies are the first people I revive.
-
So a few of us are thinking about running a Hospital or two in Pegton and maybe a revivification point between our group.
The general consensus was that St. Matthew's Hospital in Pegton would be our start point and according to this list of Hospitals which need staffing (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Malton_Hospitals_Group) it is available for us to take over the running of. All this means is keeping a few group members in there and healing people as they come to us.
Also, Joe has been talking about the revivification point outside of the NecroTech building; if we are deciding to hole up in Pegton, with no other major groups in the suburb, then maybe we could take over the running of that point if people are willing?
Any opinions on this? Also, I am currently setting up a wiki page for our Serious Ponies group; will post when finished. If anyone then wants to go ahead and edit (improve) it please do.
EDIT: Serious Ponies urban dead wiki page (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Serious_Ponies)
2nd EDIT: Congratulations all you Serious Ponies, we now run St. Matthew's Hospital in Pegton. Please keep the Hospital generously supplied with all its necessary implements and try to keep a few members there at all times to provide medical help.
-
Christophe Kazoo (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1628340) is currently hiding out close to the Nicholls Mall, but I could make my way over to Pegton tomorrow. I'm a scout but I could probably do other things too!
-
Looks like a lot of trouble at Fort Creedy, 107 dead bodies, no zombies left but they will be rising again. And since some asshole EHBed everything in the west side of Pegton, I'm stuck outside two spaces from the fort with no AP, because 8 AP wasn't enough to find a single VSB building. Killed two weakened zombies for 60 XP or so, at least. Probably going to need a revive unless I can find someplace in the next few hours.
-
All this means is keeping a few group members in there and healing people as they come to us.
Actually the most important thing about running a hospital is maintaining it's barricades. So we're gonna need people with Construction.
-
Very true. I have also updated most of the wiki pages regarding our takeover of the Hospital so any other players should now know that we are open.
-
looks good!
-
So should I go for construction next level? I'm getting XP at a decent rate finally, now that I have a 40% chance of getting 3 XP per attack.
-
Also, Joe has been talking about the revivification point outside of the NecroTech building; if we are deciding to hole up in Pegton, with no other major groups in the suburb, then maybe we could take over the running of that point if people are willing?
My scientist should have lab experience in a day or two now I finally have free running, so I'd definitely be up for helping to run a revive point.
-
So should I go for construction next level? I'm getting XP at a decent rate finally, now that I have a 40% chance of getting 3 XP per attack.
Sure, sounds good. Although your first two skills are a no-brainer (Freerunning and Hand to Hand) after that all the various survivor skills are of approximately equal importance (except Radio, that shit is useless.)
-
Also, Joe has been talking about the revivification point outside of the NecroTech building; if we are deciding to hole up in Pegton, with no other major groups in the suburb, then maybe we could take over the running of that point if people are willing?
My scientist should have lab experience in a day or two now I finally have free running, so I'd definitely be up for helping to run a revive point.
This would be pretty fantastic for both ourselves and any other survivors who pass through the suburb as the revivification point at Somerville Boulevard is directly between St. Matthew's Hospital and the NecroTech building (the Rowcliffe Building).
-
I'll help out in the hospital once i get diagnosis. I've got freerunning and i just hit level two and got hand to hand so it shouldn't be too long now.
-
Same here, once I level again I can start helping out with my diagnosis
-
Jesus. My inventory makes me look like a trench coater right now. I've got 3 loaded pistols, a pistol clip, 2 loaded shotguns, 2 shotgun shells, a fireaxe and 3 first aid kits.
-
Oh, and a flak jacket.
-
Yep, I'm dead. Wish I had kept checking in, but I got distracted. Turns out the place I fell asleep in front of was VSB as well. I'm at Lavor Alley School in Pitneybank, if anyone can revive over here. I don't have nearly enough AP to stand up yet, or I would go to a revive spot.
Hang on, I got hit for 36 damage by a survivor. I'm putting this guy: http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1431687 on my list as red, for PKers. Just so you all know not to revive him or heal him, he killed another survivor as well.
-
Just to mention, a lone zombie was attacking our brand new hospital. I put it out to the hospital folk but they may need some help getting rid of him and barricading up again.
-
The Guy Who PKed Nodaisho. (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1431687)
Okay, now THAT guy looks like a trenchcoater. I immediately feel better about myself.
-
Jesus. My inventory makes me look like a trench coater right now. I've got 3 loaded pistols, a pistol clip, 2 loaded shotguns, 2 shotgun shells, a fireaxe and 3 first aid kits.
Not at all, that's pretty much the minimum (personally I'd want more pistol clips actually) you want to carry around at all times once you've settled into a groove of patrolling. Then fill up the remaining encumbrance with whatever you need at the time: fuel cans if you want to light up buildings, a toolbox for fixing ruined buildings, or just fill up with FAKs. I mean, you can see my inventory on the previous page and I don't even have any combat skills yet (admittedly the guns were just incidental finds while looking for a flak jacket, but still.)
What equipment you have isn't what makes a trenchcoater, it's how you choose to use it.
-
Alright, once I have enough AP I'm heading over to the Serious Pony hospital. Which most likely will be sometime in the afternoon. See you then!
-
I can't decide whose profile I like better; the guy I linked earlier, or this one. (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1328872)
-
oh man where did you find that profile, that description is awesome
-
Bonus points for his group name.
-
I've already been basing out of St. Matthews, what a stroke of luck. And I seem to be one of the only ones around here who started with Diagnosis? For the record everyone in the hospital is maxed out at the moment and I only have 2 AP, but as time goes on I'll try and heal/put up notifications for whoever needs healing.
And as useful as freerunning is, I'm considering passing that up as my first skill in favor of barricading. I'd be much more comfortable knowing I could repair the spot I'm in than having to run somewhere else, though I see the advantages of being able to take advantage of already-barricaded buildings.
-
Well, since you are currently in a hospital, if we have people coming for healing, there isn't much you need to go out for, so construction could be worth it as your first skill. Hospitals have the best success rate for finding FAKs of anywhere. We will need people to bring fuel and a generator for better odds and extra HP healed once we get surgeons, but some people will be out and about anyway, looking for zombies to kill or other sorts of loot that aren't in hospitals.
-
there is 1 zombie in St. Matthews and the barricades are totally gone. i shut the doors but that's all i could do.
-
If anyone goes to attack the zombie, don't kill it unless you can build up the barricades afterwards (both in the sense of having Construction but also having enough AP.) If you kill it but don't barricade then it'll just get back up again and you accomplished nothing. Instead, weaken it so that someone with Construction will only have to hit it a couple times.
-
If Pegton is our official home turf, we need to start maintaining it. Specifically, the Barricade Policy for Pegton needs to be enforced: most of the VSB entry points are at EHB or higher, and need to be knocked down. We'll also need to think about a standard meeting place near the hospital, and getting the resource hubs in line. We could also do with an official Pegton channel (26.18mhz is technically within Pegton's jurisdiction, but only just).
I'm gaining experience slowly, but I'll be at level 3 soon, when I'll get construction and start working on 'cading the hospitals back up to proper levels.
-
most of the VSB entry points are at EHB or higher, and need to be knocked down.
This is a good point. You need Construction to build barricades, while using an axe with Hand to Hand and Axe Proficiency is best for knocking them down.
-
I'll be able to knock some down to VSB once I get revived, I've got said axe and skills. However, I won't be exactly doing it full-time, survivors don't get XP from attacking barricades.
-
No XP for building them either, so nobody's gonna work on cades full-time anyway.
-
Okay, I'm in St. Siricius' (sp?) hospital in Pegton with what appear to be a whole lot of people. I am infected and require first aid.
-
I went out searching and found a fuel can, and headed back to St Matthews, I'm out of AP, but there is a lone zombie outside. and ~8 zombies at the police station to the north east.
-
Yeah, I noticed today that Pegton is now red on the map. I have a fuel can, but I'm waiting for enough APs to come to St.Matthews. ( I'm at the nearby Police station, fell asleep)
-
Wow, is it that active? For some reason, they haven't changed Pitneybank from green, but the 107 corpses I saw in front of Creedy's gatehouse say it should be otherwise. If activity stays high in Pegton, we might not be able to keep the hospital running, very poor day to start up the hospital.
-
Yeah, I noticed today that Pegton is now red on the map. I have a fuel can, but I'm waiting for enough APs to come to St.Matthews.
whoah, whoever set it red is very mistaken. I mean, maybe the situation has deteriorated a bit since a week ago, but it's still only yellow. Note the legend that describes what the colors mean:
Very Dangerous
Most buildings wide open or zombie-infested; OR hostile zombie mobs of 150+
That does not describe Pegton at all. The biggest problem with the barricades are that they are too high, not wide open, and I've been leaving the suburb in order to find zombies to tag. Someone is clearly way reactionary if they think a couple skirmishes over resource buildings means jumping from Safe to Very Dangerous.
In fact, I'm tempted to edit it myself (it is a wiki after all) but I don't want to get into an edit war. Someone who overreacts like this is likely to be a real douchebag about suburb status.
-
So it should probably be set to yellow, and Pitneybank should be orange, at least until someone else sees how many corpses are piled in front of Creedy?
-
wtf I'm trying to edit the map now but I can't figure out how. Clicking the edit button right above the map just gives me
{{DangerMap}}
...
oh wait now I remember, you have to go to the suburb page and there is a link to Update Danger Level. The map on the suburb page is automatically generated from the individual suburb reports.
Also, I remembered another possibility rather than an overreacting survivor is a zombie player who may be trying to spread misinformation.
ADDITION: If you look at the edit history for Pegton's danger level it definitely looks like zombies spreading misinformation.
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php?title=User:DangerReport/Pegton&action=history
It keeps getting set to Very Dangerous, and then someone else comments that it looks safe to them and sets it back.
-
If anyone needs first aid I have like, seven kits that I can use. Let me know!
-
That does not describe Pegton at all. The biggest problem with the barricades are that they are too high, not wide open, and I've been leaving the suburb in order to find zombies to tag. Someone is clearly way reactionary if they think a couple skirmishes over resource buildings means jumping from Safe to Very Dangerous.
While certainly not Very Dangerous the western border is starting to get a bit shredded with a lot of buildings around the two police stations there falling, so we can probably expect things around the hospital to start getting more heated soon. As a consequence of which I'm now in need of a revive at the cemetery below St Martin's Church.
-
Correction: you needed a revive. de nada
-
Are people willing to help man the Somerville Boulevard RP? I say help because there are a couple of other small groups who claim to assist people there also.
If so, i can edit the wiki to let people know that we are now there to assist.
-
I've started looking there for people to revive, but honestly it is kinda silly to go all out advertising on the wiki that we are protecting buildings and manning revive points when we've barely even started. I mean, unless someone has gotten lucky and gained a ton of XP since last time I checked my contacts, I'm the only one of us who even has Lab Experience so far.
EDIT: I just noticed this guy in the same building as me, I'm surprised this name was available for a new character -
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1568873
-
I imagine all of the other alternative ways to say the same guy's name have been taken.
-
EYES OF FIRE! (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1628723)
-
Alright, finally made it to level 2 and took Construction to compliment my Diagnosis. I'll keep an eye on barricade and health levels in St. Matthews and bump them up as needed.
-
man I still think you should have taken Freerunning but whatever. You probably could have found more people to heal that way and gained XP faster, by scouting around safehouses nearby instead of only waiting for injured people to show up in the hospital.
-
Huddahud gains a level!
What? Huddahud is evolving!
Huddahud evolved into Huddahealer!
Huddahealer learns Diagnose!
-
Anyone currently have a revive needle and the AP to use it? I am going to go to the cemetary in the northwest of Pegton, but if someone with a needle needs me to be somewhere else to reach me, I can do that.
-
I'm still the only one of us with Lab Experience. I have syringes, but no AP. You should probably head to Somerville Boulevard or the other cemetery, in the southeast. I've been checking both of those because we've decided to take charge of St. Matthew's Hospital in that direction, so if you still haven't been revived by tomorrow morning then I'll see you and stab you.
There's no one at Somerville which could be a good or bad sign, dunno. Either it means the revives are coming so quickly that no line forms, which is good. On the other hand, that may mean that revive point is abandoned, in which case you want to go to the cemetery instead.
-
So I did a whoopsie and accidentally hit barricade instead of search the area, and took St. Matthews up to HB, which means people can't get in or out until we knock some windows in. If I go out to debarricade I'm not gonna have the AP to get back in, can anyone else take an axe to it or something?
-
You don't have to go out, you can attack the barricade from inside. Still, taking unskilled swings is very unlikely to work. Only skilled axe-wielders have a decent shot at it.
-
I'm passing through Edgecombe right now. About to join the good fight in Pegton tomorrow.
-
Someone with hand to hand and a crowbar also has just as good a chance of breaking down a barricade as someone with hand to hand, axe training, and an axe.
edit: I'm at Somerville Boulevard now, one other zombie there too. Three corpses, which worries me slightly.
edit^2: Okay, I see why there were corpses now. I'm in Saint Matthews now, there are two zeds outside and two humans outside, I'm going to try to knock the cades down to VSB, I only have 3 AP, though, so 3 1 in 5 chances. Also, I have 25 HP, so if anyone wants to heal me up, that would be nice.
edit 59, return of the bride of the son of edit: cades are at VSB.
Should be the last edit: I'm back at full health, got healed by a random in the hospital. Should have thought to note his name, but I didn't. Level 15 or so military, group is ENVY.
-
I'm at the hospital! Gonna leave for the closest police station, though, as I've not got any healing skills. So I'll need moar ammo. Started as military, so it's going to take a while.
Is it faster to go to the closest mall to loot, since I've got both mall skills?
-
Assuming that Giddings mall is safe (the one in Pitneybank), and you plan on spending a few days or longer there to stock up, definitely. You get better chances of getting ammo and guns there than anywhere else. If you are looking for a flak jacket, though, you will need to search a police station.
-
Also, carry around a bunch of pistol clips and use pistols mostly. A tempting thing to do is concentrate on shotguns because they are more powerful, but they are also much more expensive AP-wise to use. Specifically, shotguns are much more expensive to find ammo for and reload than pistols because shotgun rounds are individual items, while pistol ammo comes in clips of 6 shots. Definitely carry around a couple loaded shotguns to use for emergency situations, but do most of your killing using pistols.
edit 59, return of the bride of the son of edit: cades are at VSB.
Someone must've built the cades back up because it's HB again.
-
I've always got a couple of shotgun shots for finishing off zombies; that gives me a bit more xp than finishing off with a gun (due to getting xp for every point of damage over the kill), but other than that, I blast away with me guns. I'm going to get over to the mall, kill stuff on the way, and get some xp so I can be some use to the hospital. All skills is the way to go.
-
guys I have been tweaking my description all along, trying to convey the essence of my character, and I think I finally got it pitch perfect:
A kind of sleazy looking guy (basically picture Rod Blagojevich) wearing a big fat ring with the Necrotech logo on it.
-
Checking in, Cades on St. Matthews seem to be holding, 4 z's outside.
-
that's right. 4 zeds. there was 5, but i killed one. :-D
(that's the first zombie i've killed so i'm extra proud)
-
You're captain eaglebone right? dude, two more chops will get you Axe Proficiency, so close!
-
i just need a little bit more AP then i will be gettin' it (assuming i don't miss with every shot which is always a possibility)
-
I need to wander to some police station or something to get some clips for my pistol. I wanna kill me some zombies!
-
Apparently while I was offline somebody shot me with a shotgun and called me an asshole. No idea why.
Fortunately, I'm in a hospital full doctors, so I got healed up right quick.
In other news, I've finally got freerunning! Can't wait 'til my AP recharges so I can try it out.
-
Huddahud has arrived, halfway to level 6!
Aiming for resurrection skills next.
-
If you really want resurrection skills that's your call of course, but personally I would suggest Construction first. I know that's what I'm aiming for next, and then I'll probably save up XP to spend on Lurching Gait when I die.
-
I found a Fire Axe!
-
I keep dying a lot! Damn. Gotta learn not to walk too far away (didn't find a vsb building in time). I'm outside the Mathews, going to cemetery to try to get revived.
-
I haven't died yet, actually.
Also:
Dear cunt who EHB'd the Armoury,
Fuck you.
-
Snalin, if you want to go for ammo, head up into Pitneybank. There's a police station that's in good repair and barricaded to VSB. I got three pistol clips and a shotgun shell, but I used all my AP to get them, so I'll be spending the night there. Will head back into Pegton and the hospital tomorrow morning and try to kill a few zombies for you dudes.
-
Finally! I've got lab experience, so I can revive people from now on.
-
damn. i'm locked out of St. Matthews and I only have 1 AP left.
-
St. Matthews is down to VSB again. Will try and keep it here.
-
oh fuck I accidentally tried to cold stab a zombie in a revive point without realizing it was a revive point
is there any protocol for apologizing to a zombie or am I fucked in the zombie community's eyes
-
I don't know - but I know that I'm standing at the cemetery in Pegton, and there are in last few hours two or more zombies which attack the revived survivors. Or it was just one zombie. I have no clue. Any how, I'll be back when I'm revived.
-
oh fuck I accidentally tried to cold stab a zombie in a revive point without realizing it was a revive point
is there any protocol for apologizing to a zombie or am I fucked in the zombie community's eyes
Just say "sorry, my mistake" in game when you're on the same square. Did you manage to do any damage to them though? If it was a swing and a miss I don't think they'll even know about it.
-
And if you didn't kill them, I doubt they'll even care. Don't worry about apologizing, just try not to do it again.
I'm standing at the cemetery in Pegton
Either you got revived by someone else within the last hour or I went to the wrong cemetery, because I didn't see you there, just a pile of bodies (and if any of the bodies were you I should still have recognized you.)
-
Damn my noobiness! There are two cemeteries, and I forgot which one we took as revivifaction point. I'll shamble to the other one as soon as I get my APs. (currently I'm at [82,51] cemetery).
-
I got three pistol clips and a shotgun shell.
I think me and Liz are operating under different interpretations of the word "armed."
Mein inventar:
(http://i12.photobucket.com/albums/a207/Xyljin/inventory-1.png)
-
Which browser are you using? If you use Firefox, on some previous page I posted some add-on scripts that will organize your inventory. Ever since I started using the item organizer script I've been pretty much unable to spot individual items in the default unsorted mess.
-
Nah, I'm the guy who's into google chrome, remember?
Besides, if it doesn't heal or shoot things, I'm not really interested in it anyway, so as long as I have a few medpacks my inventory management never really gets any more complicated than running into a police department and hitting search until I hit the item cap.
-
alright! waitin for a revive at the cemetary south of St. Martin's. yeehaa!
-
Right, I've got shuffling zombie Tobias Jordan slowly headed to a revive point, he just hit the border of Pegton, soon he can join the group in fun.
My alt, The Becktown Ghoul, is now in East Becktown, hungrily looking around for something to do. I'm about to be able to get another zombie skill, since I started out as a zombie I've already got Rigor Mortis, so what should my next one be? And hey, anyone looking to start a zombie group I'm totally up for it.
-
Damn jordan, you must have incredible luck with attacks. I just saw you gained like 70 XP since yesterday!
-
Yeah, I killed a nearly full zombie and healed a couple of people. Went for construction as per your advice to be more "helpful" or whatever.
Definitely going down NecroTech next, though.
-
alright! waitin for a revive at the cemetary south of St. Martin's. yeehaa!
Done. You're now having a nap with some serum in you.
Right, I've got shuffling zombie Tobias Jordan slowly headed to a revive point, he just hit the border of Pegton, soon he can join the group in fun.
My alt, The Becktown Ghoul, is now in East Becktown, hungrily looking around for something to do. I'm about to be able to get another zombie skill, since I started out as a zombie I've already got Rigor Mortis, so what should my next one be? And hey, anyone looking to start a zombie group I'm totally up for it.
I'd go for Lurching gait, you'll spend half the AP you currently do moving around to hunt which makes a massive difference. My zombie's just a couple of suburbs away from East Becktown, I'd be up for shambling your way and looking for some brains.
-
What the fucking fuck. I log on this afternoon to discover that, mysteriously, all three of my pistols emptied their rounds, all of my pistol clips disappeared, all of my shotgun shells disappeared, AND my radio receiver is tuned to a different channel.
I do not know what happened.
-
Alex I'm not fully armed yet, I'll be hanging out at the police station for a while to load up. I'm up to... six pistol clips and four shotgun shells? I think? I'll probably come back to St. Matthew's tomorrow morning if I find some more things.
-
I was checking the Pegton Urban Dead Wiki (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Pegton)and noticed that there's a new update saying that the area is now crawling with undead, any truth to that?
-
Yup. I'm up in Pitneybank at the moment, which seems to be fairly secure, but zeds are currently breaking through from the south and most of the resource buildings have been overcaded as a result. I'd be very cautious heading further south at the moment.
-
I went to Vinetown, which had the closest mall, and started looting en masse. Compared to police stations searchings, you get so much more guns and ammo.
Downside was, of course, that I died when zombies invaded. But my good old character had a couple of zombie skills as well, so I got up to the boulevard in no time. Any revives available?
-
Yup. I'm up in Pitneybank at the moment, which seems to be fairly secure, but zeds are currently breaking through from the south and most of the resource buildings have been overcaded as a result. I'd be very cautious heading further south at the moment.
No it's nonsense. As we concluded already last page it was most likely a zombie player trying to spread misinformation (the history of edits to the danger level looks suspicious.) puki noticed that the danger level had jumped from green to red, and I changed it back down to yellow.
For starters, "most buildings being overbarricaded" is the exact opposite of buildings being ransacked (ie. what you just said is the exact opposite of what the wiki report says.)
I got up to the boulevard in no time. Any revives available?
Actually the south-eastern cemetery I'm finding is the most convenient revive point for me because we're all congregating around the hospital especially, don't know about will. Not that it really matters, since I'm resting up AP until this evening, but if you still haven't been revived by this afternoon (you probably will be, there doesn't seem to be any wait for revives) come down to the cemetery and let us know.
-
The boulevard's still pretty good if we're in the hospital a lot as the quickest way from the Necrotech to the hospital or the southern cemetery is across it anyway (so long as you don't mind going outside). I spotted snalin there earlier while I was heading back for syringes so they're recovering now.
-
Thanks!
I'm loaded with ammo now, so tomorrow I'll get me some moar xp. Body building isn't really necessary, as in the event that I loose 50 hp, I'll probably loose 60 just as easy. I don't care much for hand-to-hand, so I think I'll go for the nero-techs first, then diagnosis, then first aid.
-
You know who has two thumbs and killed 3 zombies today?
This guy.
-
I healed so many dudes today. I am a class act.
-
Ok I got lab experience so I can revificaterate you guys now.
-
Yup. I'm up in Pitneybank at the moment, which seems to be fairly secure, but zeds are currently breaking through from the south and most of the resource buildings have been overcaded as a result. I'd be very cautious heading further south at the moment.
No it's nonsense. As we concluded already last page it was most likely a zombie player trying to spread misinformation (the history of edits to the danger level looks suspicious.) puki noticed that the danger level had jumped from green to red, and I changed it back down to yellow.
For starters, "most buildings being overbarricaded" is the exact opposite of buildings being ransacked (ie. what you just said is the exact opposite of what the wiki report says.)
Remember I'm in Pitneybank, where zeds haven't fully swarmed yet. I wandered down into Pegton and noticed about a dozen zombies within the first three blocks of the suburb.
-
Speaking of which, man I've been burning AP to no avail the last couple days. I just spent 40 AP to tag one zombie. The frustrating thing is there were plenty of zombies (I went south into Vinetown, which is under heavier attack) but I kept finding somebody else had tagged them already. So much for my run of good luck right at the beginning!
EDIT:
Ok I got lab experience so I can revificaterate you guys now.
Hm had you already tagged all the zombies near the hospital? Looks like I should be going further afield so we aren't overlapping.
-
Yeah, when I traveled along the souther border of Pitneybank from Fort Creedy, I saw 7 zombies along the borders despite not ever setting foot in Pegton. It's part of the reason why I opted to head to Starlingtown rather than stick around the more resource rich 'burbs, since I'm still well-stocked with supplies even after my very successful patrol earlier today. If by chance a good mob gets going (which I doubt; it doesn't really seem like there's -that- many zeds), I suspect they'd rather camp out in Pegton and Pitneybank than Starlingtown, which really only has a couple hospitals and Necrotech buildings to its name. That said, I'll probably be ditching the hospital I'm holed up at in short order.
-
Yup. I'm up in Pitneybank at the moment, which seems to be fairly secure, but zeds are currently breaking through from the south and most of the resource buildings have been overcaded as a result. I'd be very cautious heading further south at the moment.
No it's nonsense. As we concluded already last page it was most likely a zombie player trying to spread misinformation (the history of edits to the danger level looks suspicious.) puki noticed that the danger level had jumped from green to red, and I changed it back down to yellow.
For starters, "most buildings being overbarricaded" is the exact opposite of buildings being ransacked (ie. what you just said is the exact opposite of what the wiki report says.)
Remember I'm in Pitneybank, where zeds haven't fully swarmed yet. I wandered down into Pegton and noticed about a dozen zombies within the first three blocks of the suburb.
I think they might be going for the Creedy surroundings, if it is anything like it was a few days ago.
-
Yeah, I shacked up in the Fort for a while and the surrounding blocks were essentially a revolving buffet table with newbies as the main course. Those of us on the inside were never in any real danger from what I could see, but there's so many people around the Fort at any given time that it's pretty much inevitable that someone will respond to a zombie presence by barricading the shit out of everything. Every time I ventured out there were always one or two lowbies standing around outside of a heavily barricaded building just waiting for their li'l skulls to be cracked open.
So, uh, yeah, get Free Running if you haven't already!
-
Free running won't help you get into a building when you can't find one that is at VSB. I got killed outside there by one AP (the space I fell asleep on was VSB) because I didn't want to go into the gatehouse when over 100 bodies are laying outside. Not all of those would be zombies, but that seemed like a bad place for a low level person to be staying.
So, in Saint Matthew's a couple days ago , someone was PKed due to some sort of feud between groups. What is our policy going to be on people PKing non PKers or death cultists in the hospital? We don't heal them, do we kill them? I figure whatever it is, we should respray the wall to include that with the order to keep it VSB.
-
Well the policy in my old group was to mostly ignore PKers and that seemed to work out pretty good. Fighting back gives them the attention they want, whereas if you ignore them they eventually get bored and leave. The back and forth of revenge hits just seems like a waste of valuable AP.
-
Speaking of the hospital, how is it? I've been having trouble getting ammo so I'm staying in northern Pitneybank scrounging supplies, but I'll need some more FAKs soon enough.
-
VSB, nobody knocking, and at least 15 people in it, when I was logged in. There is another group (M.E.R.C.Y.) that uses it as a fall-back location, but they are more than happy to have a group dedicating themselves to maintaining it and healing people in there.
-
Guys, I just checked the Hospital and is there seriously a pissing match going on over the hospital? Please tell me it's just folks role playing and not actually giving that much of a shit, specially considering they don't want to bother updating the wiki.
-
I'm... not really sure what's going on in there. Though perhaps if it's that big of a deal we really should just move nextdoor? I certainly don't want to piss some established group off right off the bat. Do we have someone who's "officially" speaking for us? I'd nominate JHocking or another of the more experienced players if they're around.
-
It looks like just two people who thinks the hospital is "their" and probably goes to neighbouring warehouses to cyber. Nothing to worry about.
-
Looks more to me like some people got annoyed by the way we phrased our announcement of our intentions to start staffing the hospital, but didn't mention it on the game until the big-mouth from ENVY decided to go waving his dick around. I guess I can see where they are coming from, apparently they have been there for a while, but you ought to put at least something on the wiki, and if you don't you shouldn't complain when people think it is empty.
Snalin, nobody cybers in urban dead. 50 lines later, right when things start to heat up, they have to wait another 25 hours. Can you imagine the blueballing?
-
Nah, Urban Deader's just don't do foreplay is all.
-
"I carefully nibble your ear"
"Graaaaahr!"
"I slip your dress down below your breasts"
"Graaargh!"
-
EDIT:
Ok I got lab experience so I can revificaterate you guys now.
Hm had you already tagged all the zombies near the hospital? Looks like I should be going further afield so we aren't overlapping.
Not really, but I might have tagged one or two on my way from/to Vinetown.
-
Looks more to me like some people got annoyed by the way we phrased our announcement of our intentions to start staffing the hospital
How did we phrase it anyway? I haven't bothered to scour the wiki for our announcements, but I did see a line on the hospital page saying we are staffing it.
On the one hand, this sort of thing is part of why I said we should probably just cool it with announcing on the wiki that we're running everything. On the other hand, if some group wants to maintain the hospital too then who cares? The problems that happen in turf wars are when different groups have different barricade plans and they end up fighting over the barricade levels, but it's not hurting anyone (and literally healing people) when more people help out at a hospital.
-
So someone should make an wiki entry saying we are helping out with running the hospital? I don't know, it seems like they overreacted about semantics.
EDIT: I just saw that on Serious Ponies page there is this:
"Recently the Serious Ponies group has begun aiding the running of St. Matthew's Hospital in Pegton and is currently looking at the possible maintenance of a revivification point. "
So, there shouldn't be any more problems, I guess.
-
I just spent about 30 AP searching St. Matthew's, and got only 2 FAKs to show for it. Now that is annoying.
-
*whoops for joy* I finally stopped checking in every 3 hours and built up enough ap to wander over to St. Siricius's, rebuild the barricade, and fully heal all inside. Why hello there freerunning skill, I wasn't expecting to see you so soon.
And for the record, if people really get difficult I don't see why we can't just base out of the hospital next door and hang around St. Matthews to lend a hand. I mean, St. Siricius seems to get more action and wounded survivors anyway from what I've seen.
-
sounds good to me, those people in St. Matthews are lame anyway.
-
Just moved over myself.
-
A zombie broke through there. I barricaded up, but didn't have time to kill it.
-
I'm thinking of committing suicide if I'm in a tall building that I can jump off off. I just got 100 XP so I want to purchase Lurching Gait. Would it be lame for me to commit suicide just to purchase a skill? The suburb seems pretty safe so I don't know how long I'd be waiting to die in a break-in, and I don't want to just stand outside to let some zombie get XP off me. Afterwards naturally I'd be headed to St. Siricius's to let you guys get the XP for healing me back up.
-
Jump! Jump! Jump! :-)
-
just confirm that someone has a syringe first.
-
If someone else can kill it, I got plenty of FAKs to heal folks up if any damage is dealt. Already healed 420smokeweed back to full.
-
aargh I've been hitting refresh to see when I recharge an AP, but I've been recharging on an action page without noticing so it just repeated my last action and used my AP. fuck I've been waiting half an hour and I just fucking wasted the action
At this rate my question about suicide will be a moot point because a zombie will have killed me before I get to make any actions.
-
Oh yeah I was the one that edited the wiki. I can't be dealing with no drama on my UrbanDead.
-
just confirm that someone has a syringe first.
Too late, I jumped!
wheeeeee
(going to the cemetery after my AP recharges, it's all good)
-
Why didn't you just save XP for after you died naturally (well, naturally for a zombie-infested city)? I've been doing that, I've currently got 192 XP on Suentobe so I can get lurching gait when I die.
-
I never read this thread because I assumed it'd be another 'zombie apocalypse planning thread' and didn't feel like caring. Then people were talking about it in Gabbly and I was like 'weird, I just woke up my old character'.
Apparently I am only about nine squares away from you guys' hospital. Presumably I will be there tomorrow morning.
-
Don't forget to say "Hi" to the zombie out front!
-
Say hi, then kill him.
Dick.
-
It only has 34 or so HP left, I said hi repeatedly.
-
Why didn't you just save XP for after you died naturally (well, naturally for a zombie-infested city)? I've been doing that, I've currently got 192 XP on Suentobe so I can get lurching gait when I die.
Well yeah that's a much more sensible approach, but I really wanted to jump.
wheeee!
-
Zombies have finally started moving into Pitneybank. Halberry Police Dept. was overrun a few hours ago, although we've beaten them out and started to recade the entrance. Could use help if you have construction!
-
I'll start moving later today, when I have enough ap, I want to be able to get inside the department, and there's a lot of space without buildings and free running access in between us.
-
Son of a bitch, barricades finally fell. I may have managed to escape to a factory to the south, which is a stronghold for some group, but I can't tell for a half hour.
-
I have finally arrived at the party in st. matthews
-
Huh... is there some limit how many times you can die and be revived? I've gone to Vinetown to do some shopping, but of course hadn't wait to fill up my APs , so some zombie killed me in the meantime. I rocks!But I got a shotgun :)
-
No limit at all.
-
I am torn: on the one hand I'd like to get in on this, but on the other hand I'm really enjoying imaging the game from your commentary as a real-life thing with really realistic film-like graphics and I don't want to be disillusioned.
Please keep describing stuff! I am playing vicariously through this thread.
-
Ughhhh I am at 91XP and I need 100 to get my freerunning so I can switch hospitals. But I'm all out of AP! I attacked a zombie but I had to run away before the job was finished. Goddammit.
-
I'm currently making my way across town to Lukinswood. I think I can pretty easily avoid anything major happening and I'll be heading back as soon as I can heal up the sickly Kirk. Free Running is paying for itself right the hell now.
-
dammit I was revived a little bit ago and just went to St. Matthew's for healing. I would be in St. Siricius, but Norton Square Railway Station is overbarricaded and I nearly ran out of AP outdoors, cripes. The walk from the cemetery to the hospital should only take 3 AP but I should've known I need to wait for full AP befor getting up because some asshole always overbarricades the entry points.
EDIT: okay I just moved to St. Siricuis. I saw a lot of you in St. Matthew's but I'd rather sleep in an EHB building, so if anyone needs XP from healing that's where I'll be until tonight.
-
Healed.
Also, St. Siricius seems to get attacked a lot more than St. Matthew's so you might want to keep watch.
-
EHB vs VSB is an interesting question. Hospitals are pretty much targets anyways, and EHB may imply more tasty harmanbargarz inside.
p.s. I hit someone with a toolkit because a) you had slick in your name and b) I didn't know you could hit people with toolkits.
-
Oh that was you? lol I just assumed it was some random player who wanted to roleplay. I offered you a fist-bump.
Here's his profile guys, james are you joining our group?
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=486105
St. Siricius seems to get attacked a lot more than St. Matthew's so you might want to keep watch.
Good tip, I didn't know that.
-
Ughhhh now at 94XP. Dear god just let me get the last six that's all I want so I can free runnnnn.
-
EHB vs VSB is an interesting question. Hospitals are pretty much targets anyways, and EHB may imply more tasty harmanbargarz inside.
I would think that this is at least part of the reason for St. Siricius being attacked more but i would also presume that zombies get XP for attacking barricades? If so, more barricades means more XP.
-
This sounds like fun. Any tips on how to play or what characters to work with?
-
There are a lot of tips on the previous pages, but if you don't have time to read through:
The easiest class to start with is firefighter. Not that everyone chooses firefighter (I for one didn't) but that's something to consider.
The first skill you want to purchase is Freerunning. Other than the decisions about what skill to get next involves more weighing pros and cons, but in almost all cases you want to get Freerunning as soon as possible.
Always leave plenty of AP at the end of your moves to find a VS building to get back indoors. The game suggests 10 AP by turning red as a reminder, but to be on the safe side you should probably start looking for a safehouse at 15 AP.
um, a couple other things that I can't remember off the top of my head
-
Couple of zombies outside of st. Matt's. I killed them but as we all know that doesn't really mean much.
-
Oh, and I'm having a hard time deciding between picking up Advanced firearm training skills or just going for Construction. I'm already at 55% accuracy with any firearm I happen to scrounge up, so I'm kinda leaning towards Construction at this point, since firearms are just good for quick kills and experience generation anyway.
-
Kirk ClimbingaMtn is in Lukinswood in Kenward Towers, infected, and would love to get healed and cured. I have all my AP for today, so if someone wants to come heal me a couple times, I will run around so you can heal me more and then cure me.
-
If no one else shows up, I'm heading that way with Nerdry now. Will take me a day or so to get there though.
-
That is ok. Just lemme know whatchoo wanna do.
-
I'd go for the guns, Alex, as you'll build up the xp you need in no time with the skill.
-
I'd agree with you in a flash if Advanced Pistol and Advanced Shotgun gave 25% increases like the vanilla versions, but instead they just give 10%. Plus, Construction is pretty bloody useful. Decisions, decisions!
-
Getting max firearm training as quickly as possible is a good way to powerlevel -- provided you don't actually feel like helping anyone else. Construction is a good tool to have only if you want to assist others (or if you want to convert an empty warehouse into your own brothel).
-
Construction is a good tool to have only if you want to assist others (or if you want to convert an empty warehouse into your own brothel).
Goddammit. I knew I should have thought it through before picking up diagnosis.
-
Construction it is!
-
Two words:
Undead prostitutes.
That is all.
-
One word:
ew
-
Nothing like a bit of clit decaying and falling off during the act of nocturnal-nookie.
-
You know what they say, once you go dead you can't do living instead.
-
The_pied_piper (K'vat Hi'Lichut) could use some healing, I did all I could, out of medkits but at least he isn't infected.
-
Fixed that for ya.
-
And I am at the cemetery again! Damn, it took me a while. So... someone has an unzombifier extra? Jefferson Hellie is at the cemetery 2S 1E of St.Siricius's hospital. Currently swaying slighlty.
Apparently I'm still at the Glynn Bank, because I tried to move with 1 Ap left. I'm not sure now. I'll keep you posted.
-
Have you been in multiple broken-into safehouses? Man, what a run of bad luck. This suburb is so safe I have to try in order to die; the only real danger I've encountered is me being foolish and running out of AP before I've returned to safety.
-
Nah, actually, I was brave (stupid) enough to go looting in the Mall in Vinetown on my own. With just a little experience (no skills). Oh, well. Also, 2 times I couldn't reach any VSB building on the account of all of the buildings surrounding me being EHB, so some zombie got me.
-
Going to a Mall without the right skills isn't a wise move, not because malls are especially dangerous (unless of course they are under siege) but because you can't even get in Malls without Freerunning, and then even when inside you can't do much looting without both Shopping and Bargain Hunting. I know I don't see myself going up that skill tree for a long while.
-
Yeah, found that out the hard way :) Anyways - found a shotgun and a couple of shells there, nothing more. Will try to be more careful next time. (as in - build up my character a little) Anyways - of to sleep. its 2:46. See you tomorrow. Will try not to get killed for a couple of days at least.
-
I'm thinking that next skills I get (excluding lurching gait and possibly ankle grab) will be basic firearms training, basic pistol training, shopping, then the rest of the firearm skills mixed with bargain hunting at some point. Even with just shopping, you are better off searching a mall than a PD, since you don't have the chance of getting a flack jacket or a flare gun, you can only get guns and ammo. I've currently got hand to hand, axe, diagnosis, and free running, so I've got good melee skills, mobility, and the ability to see when somebody needs healing. I'm not so worried about barricades, we have quite a few people with it, and the other people at the St. Matthews/Siricius location have it as well.
Now I just need another 70 XP or so to get to the next level.
-
Huh. I'm a doctor with the basics of Freerunning and Construction, and I've already picked up my next 100xp. I'm trying to decide if there's any civilian or scientist skills that are worth it, or to just save up for my offensive capabilities.
-
I would suggest getting all the Scientist skills first before offensive skills, but I'm also a hypocrite because I'm not sure I'm going to do that myself.
-
I died in the mall in Vinetown a while back too. and then every corner was EHB and had quite a lot of residents, so there was a lot of zombies. Not a good place, safer up north.
-
And Nerdry is now waiting at a revive point in Pimbank. People have been reviving every once in a while so I should get revived sometime today. Once I do I'll continue on to heal up Kirk.
-
50 XP in one day woo
I feel a little guilty that I'm still focusing on gaining XP as fast as possible rather than hanging around the hospital to be useful, but just a couple more levels and I won't be as urgently after XP.
-
I usually do useful things one day, xp the next. Alternate them out. I level fast enough.
-
alright, finally got enough XP to get Diagnosis!
yeah!
-
I can't find anymore zombies near Pitneybank, so I guess I'll finally hobble over to the hospital. Anything to kill down there?
-
Nothing within the immediate area of the hospital, but there are 8 bodies outside of it, so one could stand up any time.
Got enough XP to get basic firearms training, so I'll probably run over to the police station tomorrow and loot some guns and ammo. Anyone know the state of the Cowing Way station?
-
That's the one near the southwest corner of Pegton right? That one is under constant attack, you're much better off headed to the police station right in the middle of the suburb. And you never have to set foot outside, you can freerun the entire way between the hospital and the police station.
-
No, Cowing Way is the one two west and one north of St. Matthews. I'm figuring that I can free run there in three AP, as many AP as it would take to go across the street and inside through the door, if it weren't EHB (which I bet it would be).
-
oh well then that's the one in the middle I was recommending. And yeah, freerunning all the way is always a better idea than running outside.
-
I'm deliberating dying then brain-rotting my character. Would certainly make the game more hardcore and make dying more serious. Is anybody willing to do the dance to revive me if I rot out?
-
I don't think anyone has necronet access currently, and it will also be a lot harder to convince people that you aren't a death cultist if you have brain rot.
-
That is a good point. I've never really had problems with random accusations, though, and as long as I'm working with people I've known for a while I'll be OK.
The one tangible benefit is that there is a skill after brain rot which acts as a flack jacket; if I got that skill I could drop the flack jacket and carry an extra pistol clip.
-
Head towards Roachtown. I can revive you assuming we can find a NT building we can get you into. I'll start looking about for NT buildings that aren't super barricaded.
Katie,
Sorry about you being dead and all. There were too many zombies outside so I couldn't keep the barricades up. I figured discretion is the better part of valor and skipped out and you weren't in Meebo so I could warn you.
On the plus side I do have a revivification syringe so we'll have you breathing again in no time!
It dawns on me I could've had my character say something before I left. Oooops!
-
I'm deliberating dying then brain-rotting my character. Would certainly make the game more hardcore and make dying more serious. Is anybody willing to do the dance to revive me if I rot out?
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Brain_rot#Treatment
But this is a seriously risky course to take. Make absolutely sure you want to before buying brain-rot because you can't back out.
-
I caved in, joined the game and have absolutely no idea what I'm doing.
-
Lookie here: http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/First_Day_in_Malton
-
Which class did you start as? Although the character classes make little difference once you get past like level 10 or so, in the beginning it affects most of your decisions about what to do. That page he linked mostly explains what different classes should do at the start.
If you go to the Maps page on the Urban Dead wiki you can see where you are located. You probably want to make your way over to Pegton since that is where we are all congregating, but only do it right away if you are close. If you are far away you should concentrate on gaining a couple levels first, or even just make a new character and hope the new one spawns nearer to us.
Also, you should post your profile here so that we can add you to our contacts (and go through previous pages of the thread to add us to your contacts.) You can get your profile URL by clicking on your name.
-
OK I've created a new character called Josefa Bailey (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1638123), a firefighter. I think I'm asleep in a VSB building at the moment. I'm trying to make my way over to Pegton.
-
Now I'm also a zombie (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1638137).
-
No one will revive my Red'Shirt guy! How am I supposed to kill him lots?
-
One day of searching got me at least 5 pistol clips, a pistol with 4 rounds in it, a loaded shotgun, 2 or 3 shotgun shells, and a flak jacket. Not bad. I forsee XP coming much more quickly now that I have basic firearms training and access to a safe police department.
-
I think you'll still want to stick to the axe until you learn advanced pistol training. You can be absolutely sure just by checking the wiki though; they actually went to the trouble of calculating the average damage/AP for all sorts of different combat situations (eg. wielding a pistol, basic firearms training but no advanced pistol skill, attacking a zombie wearing a flak jacket, with and without AP spent resupplying taken into account.)
Of course that's nothing compared to how they figure out the search probabilities for items:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Search_Odds
(hint: these people have a lot of time on their hands)
-
Here's another thing to consider: you can't choose between finding shells or clips, you just search and take what you can get. So even if you grab Basic Shotgun or Pistol Training, dicking around searching for ammunition may not really be the best use of your time when you consider that you may very well end up with a bunch of ammo you can't use very well yet. In fact, that's why I grabbed Basic Shotgun Training to go along with my Basic Pistol Training rather than perfect one of my gun skills right away. Advanced only gives 10% accuracy, after all, and I was frankly up to my ears in shotgun shells at the time and didn't want to just start discarding them on the off chance I could scrounge up a replacement clip quickly.
-
Of course they have a lot of time on their hands, they can only play for about 4 minutes per day.
I checked, actually, and a pistol with basic firearms training is a bit faster to kill with than an axe.
If you reload a partially-filled gun, do you lose the ammo that is left in the clip?
All I've got right now is basic firearms, Alex. I'll get basic pistol before basic shotgun, but probably basic shotgun before advanced pistol.
-
(hint: these people have a lot of time on their hands)
I wrote a script that crawled the map and tallied up all the numbers of different buildings there were. Pretty basic but I was amused.
-
Of course they have a lot of time on their hands, they can only play for about 4 minutes per day.
I checked, actually, and a pistol with basic firearms training is a bit faster to kill with than an axe.
If you reload a partially-filled gun, do you lose the ammo that is left in the clip?
All I've got right now is basic firearms, Alex. I'll get basic pistol before basic shotgun, but probably basic shotgun before advanced pistol.
Yes, but that calculation doesn't include time spent getting ammo which dramatically destroys that benefit.
-
My searching is mostly going to be for shotguns and shells, for emergency building clearing, all of the pistols and ammo I get is just a bonus. Once I have the ammo anyway, it is quicker to use the pistol and basic firearms training on average, when you include reloading.
-
Hey guys, I was just thinking, maybe we should dive into the heavier fighting on the western edge of the suburb or in Vinetown to the south, and use the hospital area as a fallback position when the fighting gets too hot/you need to take a breather to resupply. The center of Pegton seems pretty safe, but there's a lot more action just outside it. For example, just over the border to the west are a police station and an NT building that keep getting broken into.
What do you guys think? Am I underestimating how much needs done around the hospitals?
-
LET'S DO IT.
-
Whoa, there are 3 zombies in St. Matthew's right now, and the doors are wide open.
I FAKed a bunch of people, but ran out and spent the rest of my AP searching for more and freerunning next door to St. Sircius.
-
I've attacked a zombie but I'm out of APs and it isn't dead. I haven't got any other skills so I will probably stay in the hospital area fighting zombies until I've earned some.
-
One zombie St. Matt's, bodies are dumped, building is lightly barricaded.
-
Am I underestimating how much needs done around the hospitals?
Whoa, there are 3 zombies in St. Matthew's right now, and the doors are wide open.
Apparently there's my answer. Were there any people killed by the zombies who need reviving? My AP is about fully recharged from yesterday, so I can swing by the cemetery to revive people if there's anyone waiting.
-
St. Matthews is clear and barricades are rebuilt.
-
Finally making progress in Pegton with Tobias, I've got two flare guns, 3 med kits, loaded pistol and 3 clips, I might actually be able to kill something soon and get some damn experience. Gonna rummage through the police station I'm in a bit more though. Are shotguns in police stations? I've been searching, but no luck so far.
-
Yeah, Police Stations have Shotguns, Pistols, Flack Jackets, and ammo for the Shotties and pistols. I have managed to find 4 fully loaded shotguns and a shit load of pistol amo and shells, but no pistols as of yet.
I will find one goddamnit.
-
St. Matthews is clear and barricades are rebuilt.
Is that anyway to treat Serious Ponies number one fan?
-
I've also put Serious Ponies as my group on Tobias, if someone wants to add me to the wiki page.
-
Profile link?
-
Make that 5 fully loaded Shotguns with 3 shotguns worth of ammo. These cops were fucking serious.
-
Anyone know if there are zombies at the cemetery? I'll come over and do revives if there are, but if nobody knows then I wasn't planning to swing by that way to check today.
-
St. Siricius went down to loosely barricaded. I just finished taking it back up to EH, but I'm not sure if there's still zombies outside who will try to change that and I'm down to single-digit AP a.k.a. my emergency stash.
-
Christ, 30 AP down searching and no more shotguns, just two shells. At least I got 5 more clips and another pistol, but I got a bunch of spare flack jackets too. I guess I'll have to let 7 spare rounds and a shotgun be enough for now, I would really prefer to have a bunch of shotguns, but I guess that can wait.
-
Searching gets a lot better when you get the skills and search in a powered mall. If you're in Pegton, Giddings mall is reliably open and just a bit north. There's a factory just south east of it that's a solid camp-out if you want to make a two-day trip out of supplies.
-
Profile link?
ooh, sorry 'bout that. http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1628318
Also, apparently 25 zombies were seen at St. Johns, some sort of tour pro-zombie group? They're headed towards the police stations apparently. Any with information for a direction I can safely run in, I'm at Dinham Police Dept. I've only got 8 AP left, but I do have a few med kits at least. I just don't want to get caught on the street, or be trapped in a sinking ship. hopefully I'll be able to monitor more closely when I get home.
-
I don't have shopping yet, so I've just been at the police station 3 moves away from St. Matthews. I'm getting shopping after the basic pistol and shotgun skills.
-
Boro-B, head east. The hospitals aren't far away and are holding up OK. St. Matt's is the entry point, if I recall correctly.
-
The police station right now is VSB and there's like 20 people here, of course, they're all probably newbs like me but... I don't want to risk anything until I have at least 20 AP, I can hold off here for a bit and run if I have to.
When are we making an all-zombie group? The Becktown Ghoul (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1633278) is waiting hungrily, and I'm about to be able to afford lurching gait.
-
What name should it have? I'd say Undead Unicorns is a good one.
-
Someone already suggested the best name (I forget who):
Serious BRAINZZZ!!!
-
Dammit Stephen, I cannot find a shotgun to save my life. I have shells for one but not the gun itself! Also I had three pistols at one point, but I dumped two because really you only need one. All I want is a shotgun but nooooo I can't have it. Pffffffffft.
-
Also I had three pistols at one point, but I dumped two because really you only need one.
Shouldn't have. Time spent next to a zombie is better spent shooting it than reloading to shoot it. Reload back at a safehouse. Most people carry several pistols and shotguns so you don't have to reload in the middle of attacking.
-
I think it goes to show how much of pansy, sappy, flowery wuss of a twunt my doctor character Rodrick Saint is, that after much hard work trying to get more than the paltry 16 exp points I have with him, I finally caved and made a firefighter character called John Solipsi.
I have, in the first five minutes of using this new character, got 45 exp points and near-obliterated a zombie with my axe.
Never was much of a healer mindset, me. More cricket bat than first-aid kit. Am in a fire station in Molebank, if anyone's in the neighbourlies.
-
5 zombie's just broke into St. Matthew's Hospital. Radio out, assistance needed.
-
I did what I could, got one down a few HP, but my dude is out of AP for now. Once I build up some more I'll pop back over.
-
3 left, one at half health, killed a flesh rotter and threw him outside. Out of AP completely, ran back to Siricius and reloaded my pistols when I was at 3 AP. At least this turn got me 80 XP, so now I've got two full revolvers and pistol training, for when they get back up and try again. Might nab shotgun training tomorrow, if there are some inside still. I've got enough XP, I've just been saving some for lurching gait when I die.
-
3 more on the doorstep, everyone inside appears to be fine. I always log on just after I can do any cading.
-
I whacked the shit out of a dude outside, dinged. Cades and survivors still totally okay, though.
-
One wounded zombie left outside.
I'm not sure if anyone's mentioned this or not as a tip, but when I scan a rotter I add them to my contacts and colour them red. This way you can easily see and target them in the stack of zombies later.
-
One wounded zombie left outside.
What is the point of killing zombies outside? I mean, attacking zombies outside for XP I understand, and that's a fine reason, but is there some sort of tactical advantage to killing zombies outside a threatened building?
-
From what I understand it, it's better to get them heavily wounded, so that way when they try and break in it'll only take a few hits to put 'em back down. Otherwise you're just using up a few of their AP, which can be negated with Ankle Grab.
Just refueled the genny in St. Siricius's, feeling fairly good about my stock of 21 FAKs.
-
Because it is fun, Jho.
Actually now that you mention it that was kind of a waste of my AP. It cost me ~40AP to take him down with a fireaxe and it'll cost him 6AP to stand back up. My only answer is that I had nothing better to do and killing zombies is kind of what this is about.
-
When are we making an all-zombie group? The Becktown Ghoul (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1633278) is waiting hungrily, and I'm about to be able to afford lurching gait.
Have you been able to find any harmanz around Becktown? I'm getting brains withdrawal over here.
-
St Matt's was broken into. Two zombies inside; barricades are back up, and I left one zombie at 4HP so someone can grab the kill xp.
-
Awww jeez, the only zombie there was up to 40 something HP, I got him down to 12 or so but I ran out of AP. Can someone finish it off?
-
Ok, it's down to 4 HP - apparently I suck at stabbing peo.. zombies. Also, have to get enough XP to get shotgun or pistol proficiency.
-
shoot, I didn't mean to use my AP for the day, I clicked outside accidentally when logged in just for a brief look around. Oh well, I figured as long as I was outside I better make the best of it.
-
When are we making an all-zombie group? The Becktown Ghoul (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1633278) is waiting hungrily, and I'm about to be able to afford lurching gait.
Have you been able to find any harmanz around Becktown? I'm getting brains withdrawal over here.
Yeah I'm thinking of heading east to greener, harmanz filled pastures.
-
I am coming to understand that if I want to get any experience at all, I need to venture forth from the little complex of buildings St. Matthew's is located in, in order to find people who are actually in need of healing.
Who'da thunkit.
-
Nerdry is actually in St. Matthews with 20hp and infected right now if folks want to get some free xp.
-
Hopefully all you healers regularly walk a circuit through other buildings anyway to find wounded survivors, but in case you are someone who just sits in the hospital all the time waiting for wounded to come to you, there's a pretty wounded guy named Stuart Finnerty in the Pavior Building a couple blocks south of the hospitals. He's at 22 HP, so you can heal him a bunch of times.
I am coming to understand that if I want to get any experience at all, I need to venture forth from the little complex of buildings St. Matthew's is located in, in order to find people who are actually in need of healing.
Who'da thunkit.
Oh wait, so you guys haven't been walking a circuit? Yeah you should be strolling around every day. Just look on the map to plan out a route where you freerun through buildings in a circle that starts and ends with the hospital. Don't use up all your AP, so that you can pop in during random minutes throughout the day and heal anyone who staggers into the hospital.
-
I'm up to 87 XP again so I'm contemplating my next skill. Right now I'm thinking about going for pistol training, since that should help me build up XP a lot faster and waste less ammo doing so. After that I'm thinking Construction, then maybe shopping or first aid. Sound like a good plan?
-
Guys, I'm kind of dead outside St Matthews. I was 1AP short of safety and intended to come back and go inside in 30 minutes but I got caught up in my tort law reading and now I am all kinds of dead :(
Now I'm somehow a zombie with negative AP, I do not understand this game at all but please don't kill me.
-
You have negative AP because you had less than 10 when you stood up. Standing up costs 10 AP (unless you have Ankle Grab, a zombie skill that I'm saving up for) so if you have less than 10 to begin with you will go negative. Not a big deal, your AP will still recover at the normal rate, so once you've rested up a while you can move to a revive point. The nearest revive point is the cemetery a couple blocks south of you.
I would offer to revive you since I'm right there and have needles, but I won't have enough AP rested up for a few hours. Chances are someone else will have revived you by then, but if in a couple hours you still need a revive then post here and I'll get you.
ADDITION: note pack of wolves' message below: after being revived don't stand up until you've recharged enough AP to get to safety. Going negative when you're a zombie doesn't matter much, but if you go negative while a survivor you will probably just die again because you're stuck outside.
I'm up to 87 XP again so I'm contemplating my next skill. Right now I'm thinking about going for pistol training, since that should help me build up XP a lot faster and waste less ammo doing so. After that I'm thinking Construction, then maybe shopping or first aid. Sound like a good plan?
If you've been shooting and don't have pistol training then that sounds like a good plan. You want to build up skill in whatever your main attack is before branching into other skills.
Also, Diagnosis is much more useful than First Aid, get Diagnosis before First Aid.
-
Got back from the mall and downed three zombies on the way (I had 14 shotgun shots and 40ish pistol shots to use with my maxed shooting skills), so now I'm in the hospital with First aid skills and 6 FAKs. Looking better.
my zombie is wandering aimlessly, last time I logged inn I brought a cade down almost all the way, when I checked back inn all the survivors were killed.
-
We really need some zombie coordination in order to trash safehouses. Whereabouts is yours?
Guys, I'm kind of dead outside St Matthews. I was 1AP short of safety and intended to come back and go inside in 30 minutes but I got caught up in my tort law reading and now I am all kinds of dead :(
Now I'm somehow a zombie with negative AP, I do not understand this game at all but please don't kill me.
I've revived you and cured your infection (zombie bites give you an infection that causes you to lose health when you use AP while human and will remain after you're revived if you aren't healed first), just make sure you don't stand up until you have enough AP to spend 10 on standing and still get inside.
-
That Framistan guy in St. Matthews has no non-zombie skills. Does that point to a possible zombie spy or something along those lines?
-
Yeah no survivor skills and a bunch of zombie skills almost certainly means a zombie spy. Nothing you can do about him though other than watch your back; attacking another survivor is a good way to be branded a zombie spy yourself.
-
Thanks for the revive! I'll stand up when I get home later and stagger inside (maybe I should find out how to play this game before I start wandering around outside with no particular aim in sight).
-
No no wait longer than that. You recharge 1 AP every half hour, so it takes 5 hours to rest 10 AP, and even then you'll barely have enough AP to enter the building after standing up.
You can have a max of 50 so I'd just wait until you're fully rested up (ie. tomorrow) before standing. While lying down you are completely invulnerable.
---
As for me, well this is what I get for getting cocky. Literally minutes after I finished trash talking how the zombies keep trying to bust in but never accomplish anything, one rips down the barricades and bursts in.
-
I made a zombie called Edward from Twilight. I play him on my phone. In his first day, he killed a person outside of a church, then went into the church and beat a guy up, then went back outside to the other zombies. Then they high fived.
-
awesome
-
12 bodies outside of St. Matthews. I ran out of AP right as I went into St Matthews, so I didn't get to announce it, but other than that, it is very clear in Pegton. Killed two zombies, though, so I got enough XP to get shotgun training.
-
I didn't read that advice and stood up, but I had 12AP so I stood up, went inside and healed myself 5HP. I will stay off the site for the whole of tomorrow to get my AP back up.
-
12 bodies outside of St. Matthews. I ran out of AP right as I went into St Matthews, so I didn't get to announce it, but other than that, it is very clear in Pegton. Killed two zombies, though, so I got enough XP to get shotgun training.
One of the bodies was me :cry:
Just stood up, I'm at negative AP outside St. Matthew's, will shamble to the cemetery if nobody revives me first.
(honestly, I had a bit of a death wish. I purposely stuck around St. Matthew's rebuilding barricades after zombies broke in because I wanted to purchase Ankle Grab after being killed.)
-
Are you outside of St. Matthews still? I'll ask everyone inside if they have a needle.
-
Damn finally got free running, bout time, hit a zombie with 3 shotgun shells and a flare gun, out of ammo though, need to head back to the police stations tomorrow to stock up. What should I go for next? pistol training?
-
Probably. Pistols are more efficient, you find and reload 6 shots for each 1 shotgun shot, and each shot does 1/2 damage. I've been doing pretty well with the pistols since I got pistol training.
-
We really need some zombie coordination in order to trash safehouses. Whereabouts is yours?
North Blythville, outside a EHB police station, with 5 other zombies. Gonna start hitting that bitch when I get 50 AP, if there isn't feeding groans close by.
-
I'm in Shackleville and am trying to go to North Blythville now.
-
There's a suburb called Shackleville? sweet
-
Alright, just got Lab Experience and will be going for NecroNet Access and revives next.
-
nah don't bother with Necronet Access, it is a pretty worthless skill. Lab Experience allows you to do revives so that's as far as you need to go up that skill tree.
Pretty much all survivor skills are useful in different ways, but the basically useless ones to get last after you already have all the other skills are Knife Combat, Radio Operation, and Necronet Access. Also, while Tagging is marginally more useful than those other skills I just listed (spraypainted messages are frequently used to mark entry points and revive points and such,) it's also one to get after everything else.
-
oh good, I thought it was required.
Now Syringes, can you only get them from NT buildiongs or can you get them in Hospitals?
-
Just NT buildings.
-
wait stephen are your alts in the same suburb? nerdry and hamhands are both you right? having alts too close together is a no-no in UD, so the general rule of thumb is keep them in separate suburbs.
-
nono, Hamhands is several burbs away, Nerdry is the onyl one I'm sticking around Pegton.
-
Anyone else up for a zombie meetup? I'm thinking Brookville or something in that area. Then we kill something.
Preferably someone with memories who can open doors. I'm good at killing and moving around and standing up, but not much else.
-
I'll get memories of life next, as of now though I only have vigour mortis and lurching gait. anyway I'm like the suburb above North Blythville now, chilling out all clouded brain and such.
-
I picked up a toolbox yesterday. I can see how it would be handy if we want to fix up a generator or ruined building after an attack. But the encumbrance on that thing is massive. Worth lugging around?
-
Alright, I've got a few syringes if anyone needs reviving.
-
I'm tired of idiot harmanz wandering around while I'm offline who keep revivifying me, its an annoying waste of AP to have to find a zombie to eat me and then stand up, maybe I should just go for Ankle Grab next.
-
Yeah, revivifying a all zombie-skilled character that's standing around isn't really nice. Revivifying the ones that's hitting your cades, though...
-
Prehehe. Inside a hospital with 9 other zombies. Need
greener brainier fields to feed on.
-
Where in Brooksville should we meet? I'm currently passed out at the Culling Building.
-
Worth lugging around?
Not really. I mean, how many ruined buildings have you encountered? In a dangerous area that's under constant attack the need for a toolbox to fix ruined buildings is more pressing, but around here that's just fewer FAKs or guns you can carry.
-
St. Matthews needs barricading. a zombie got in and beat a few peopel up, but I managed to get everyone healed and Jace killed it and got the body out. Doors are secured, but I am in Siricus and need some healing.
Edit: on the other hand, 12 heals done so I'm only 33xp from getting construction.
-
I've gone to Giddings mall, I'll probably be there a couple days trying to get another couple shotguns, pistols, and ammo. I'm trying to get up to 4 of each, since 8 shotgun shots is the average to kill a zombie with advanced shotgun, and it just seems right to have an even number of pistols (I'm having a lot of fun imagining my fireman as being a wild west re-enactor, and breaking out his cowboy action shooting gear for the zombies). I'll grab bargain hunting tomorrow and hope I don't die on the way back so I'm not gone from St. Matthews area for too long.
-
There are people with syringes if you get killed.
Also I think combat reviving causes more problems than it solves.
-
Oh, I was thinking about the amount of AP it would take to walk there, I was saving AP for lurching gait, but it will save more time to take bargain hunting than I would lose if I died and had to walk back to Somerville at 2 AP/square.
of course, given that it is a mall in a green suburb, and I didn't see a single zombie on the way, I'm not worried.
-
Has anyone else in St. Siricius's noticed that we are sharing the hospital with an almost-naked Eva Longoria (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1639140)?
-
What I notice is she's a scout. The zombie spies are getting craftier. Who wouldn't want an almost-naked Eva Longoria in their safehouse?
-
Is it bad form to bring down barricades from the outside? Cowing Way Police Dept. is meant to be VSB and has been EHB for a while now.
-
It is bad form to break into a safehouse by destroying the barricades, but it is also bad form to overbarricade a marked building, and lowering barricade levels to conform to a barricade plan is an inevitable part of maintaining that plan. Just make sure to clearly announce why you are attacking the barricades so people don't misunderstand, and usually you want to both make sure the barricade level for that building is marked in spraypaint and announce the barricade plan's url. Otherwise the same idiots who think overbarricading is a good idea will think you are kill-on-sight because you are attacking their precious barricades.
Do you have Freerunning yet? If so don't attack the barricades from the outside, do it from the inside so you can see if the building is marked VS on the inside. If you can't Freerun yet, ask someone else to do it for you.
-
I don't know whether it's spray-painted but it's in the wiki. Anyway I'm out of AP and a few blocks away now so I'll leave it.
-
Not everyone reads the wiki, so that's why I said to announce the url to the other people.
-
I attacked a barricade because I fucking hate filing cabinets. It was made out of a filing cabinet.
-
If anyone has a needle and is somewhere in the vicinity of peddlesden village, a revive would be entirely appreciated. Eric said he'd try and get across from the other side of the map but I thought that might be a big ask - anyone nearer? I'm in St. Humphrey's Church.
-
Woo! I'm now fully stocked up, and I am waiting at St. Siricius's for my Aps to fill up. Then I'm going to try to get some xp finally.
-
I have purchased my next skill and now have advanced pistol training. 55% accuracy woooooo. Unfortunately I expended all my energy to get it and now I'm napping in the hospital. Hope it doesn't get broken into...
-
My zombie didn't get much closer to Brookville, I found survivors just waiting to die. Killed one and brought one down to 3 HP, with no chance of finishing in half an hour (grr). I'm suggesting a police department or a hospital with a sizeable horde outside it.
-
Eric said he'd try and get across from the other side of the map but I thought that might be a big ask
Wait, across the entire map of Malton or just the suburb you are in? Crossing the entire city to make one revive is silly; if you just stand at a revive point, some random person will probably revive you.
-
Hey guys I can revive now. In Pegton I think, am waiting a day for AP to refill.
-
Revives don't seem to be so crucial in the middle of Pegton. I've had the skills for reviving for a couple weeks now, and I've only revived one person. There's never any line at the revive points, so someone else gets around to any zombies needing revives pretty quickly. I'm thinking of working the Oldidge revive point in Edgecombe; that's just over the border from Pegton and is in a much more dangerous area (specifically, their NT keeps getting ransacked so they probably need a supply line of needles coming in from our NT.)
-
Wait, across the entire map of Malton or just the suburb you are in? Crossing the entire city to make one revive is silly; if you just stand at a revive point, some random person will probably revive you.
Across the entire map - but I have a feeling I am lost in a stupid dead zone where none of the usual revive points are frequented. I am going to head a little further down the map.
-
Eric said he'd try and get across from the other side of the map but I thought that might be a big ask
Wait, across the entire map of Malton or just the suburb you are in? Crossing the entire city to make one revive is silly; if you just stand at a revive point, some random person will probably revive you.
Since when is silly a bad thing?
-
Well fine I just said "silly" to be polite.
-
Have Syringe.
Will Travel.
-
I just go round reviving any zombie for kicks if I can.
-
Don't do that, only assholes do that. Although I suppose that was the original intention for this game, very quickly (ie. years ago) things evolved so that people who want to be revived wait at revive points and everyone else will either just commit suicide immediately, wasting the revive, or worse will use the opportunity to sneak into safehouses and cause trouble from the inside.
-
I'm relatively new to this; where could I find a gun?
-
Hitting up a police station until you get a pistol and a few clips would be your best bet. But unless you start out as a class with marksmanship skills that's probably not gonna do you much good. Perhaps better advice is to find a sturdy axe at a firestation until you can pick up a few levels and get higher percentages with some weapons. You're not gonna go Rambo-ing anything for a few weeks yet.
-
read the thread, lots of great advice posted multiple times, including a wiki page for new players
-
Dunno what skill to buy next.
I've got freerunning
Axemanship
Firearms and Pistol
-
Isn't there a third level of pistol training? Once you are fully trained in your main attack, Shopping and Bargain Hunting makes rearming in malls work great.
-
4 pistols (dropped 3 empty ones), 2 loaded shotguns (want 2 more), 11 shotgun shells, 13 pistol clips. Two days ago, I had no pistol ammo, one pistol that wasn't empty, one shotgun, and three spare round. Bargain hunting really does help. I'm going to need to get rid of some ammo, though. I only have 14% encumberance left, and no FAKs.
Could someone that has played the game at higher levels tell me how much ammo people normally carry? I'm thinking 8 shotgun shells so I have enough to completely reload the four shotguns, and 8 pistol clips because my OCD is showing and it should still give me enough room for 10 FAKs, or 6 FAKs, a DNA extractor, and 2 syringes once I go down that skill tree.
-
USE AN AAAAAXE HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA
-
Oh, I've got an axe, and a flack jacket. I was figuring those were taken for granted.
-
I'm not carrying an axe - Can't see the need. If I'm not packing, and there's problems in the safehouse, I can heal and cade. I cade first anyways.
-
I'm thinking of working the Oldidge revive point in Edgecombe; that's just over the border from Pegton and is in a much more dangerous area (specifically, their NT keeps getting ransacked so they probably need a supply line of needles coming in from our NT.)
Yup there's a line there, just revived a few people at that revive point, and most of the buildings surrounding it are ruined. If anyone needs something to do, the police stations and NT just over the border in Edgecombe could use a lot of TLC.
-
Just saw that I DIDN'T manage to get to the St.Mathew's in time. Hm.
I'm zombie again.
-
where you at?
-
Since your last turn:
# Pte Johnson said "Hear Hear!" (19 hours and 55 minutes ago)
# R0ad Dancer said "Hey, I'm not trying to push him away here, and I ain't even slugged him... *Flicking his spent rollup into the corner, Turner leans back* Because, no, I don't want this to end in a steaming pile of shit." (18 hours and 33 minutes ago)
# A flare was fired 14 blocks to the west and 4 blocks to the north. (18 hours and 3 minutes ago)
# Locke McKenzie said "*Locke ponders for a moment. Frustrated that he can't find the words to make them understand. He grinds his teeth as he denies justification. His gaze returns to the group* I jus' wished you'd all stop wastin' yer breath..." (16 hours and 49 minutes ago)
# Locke McKenzie said "*With that Locke turns and picks up his pack and then heads out of the door*" (16 hours and 47 minutes ago)
# Queen Mum said " *Tenatively approaches Turner.* Babe? Should... we... or you? *She sighs* I'm sorry." (16 hours and 40 minutes ago)
# HunterThompson said "*Hunter shakes his head* No Mum...it's not that easy. I think deep down you realize that. If Locke isn't comfortable with the life we've built here, he's not going to want to fit in." (16 hours and 6 minutes ago)
# HunterThompson said "*Hunter is now addressing no one in particular* In a way, we've formed a family unit. One that might be putting him off. Turner and QM; head of the house. McPwnt and I as the weird uncles. Annie and Snookums as the little one, and adorabe furry companion" (15 hours and 52 minutes ago)
# HunterThompson said "*Hunter sncikers* and finally Charlie as the grand-pa, if only because we all call him Father." (15 hours and 48 minutes ago)
# Queen Mum said "I guess so. Maybe. I always kind of thought, in that model, that he'd be like my brother in law, or... brother in sin, technically. Brother out of law... However that would work. There's always been space for him though, in my mind." (15 hours and 34 minutes ago)
# Queen Mum said "There has been for two years. *She fumbles for Turner's hand and searches his face for any sign, whether she should stay close or back off for now.*" (15 hours and 34 minutes ago)
# HunterThompson said "In you're mind...sure. But what about in his?" (15 hours and 22 minutes ago)
# HunterThompson said "*your" (15 hours and 22 minutes ago)
# R0ad Dancer said "*Turner squeezes her hand, and meets her eyes, a somewhat resigned expression on his face* I dunno what to say. I don't think we asked him to do anything out of order, just not kill someone. We didn't put words in his mouth, or try and push him away. *He" (15 hours and 14 minutes ago)
# R0ad Dancer said "shrugs sadly* maybe we'll see him again, maybe not. If he can't, or won't, deal with that, with us... Well, that's his choice..." (15 hours and 13 minutes ago)
# Queen Mum said "*Nods to Hunter.* Yeah, I know and I can't guess what he wanted, even though I asked. *She wraps her arms around Turner and holds him tightly, then leans back to meet his gaze again.* I'm still sorry it happened, love. *There's quiet moment of wordless..." (14 hours and 39 minutes ago)
# Queen Mum said "... exchange between the long time couple... then* I understand its an English tradition in situations like this to have a drink or eight. Do you want one? I do." (14 hours and 39 minutes ago)
# R0ad Dancer said "Yeh, why the fuck not... *He glances at the others and shrugs* Care to join us?" (14 hours and 33 minutes ago)
# HunterThompson said "*To Mum and Turner* I've one more bottle from the case of whiskey I found last spring. *Hunter opens the latch on his black leather doctor's bag, the one with the bright orange letters painted on spelling 'Kingdom of Fear', and finds two whiskey bottles*" (14 hours and 24 minutes ago)
# HunterThompson said "*One full, and unopened, one down to it's last third. He keeps the latter for himself, and passes the other to QM and Turner.*" (14 hours and 22 minutes ago)
# R0ad Dancer said "*Taking the bottle from Hunter, Turner manages a smile* Thanks mate, I owe you one, not just for this *Taps the bottle* but for being you, and sticking with us through thick and thin" (14 hours and 17 minutes ago)
# Queen Mum said "I'll second that, weird Uncle Hunter. *Smiles, sniffs a little.* I'll go find our best, least broken glasses. *Dodging into the kitchen she returns shortly with several glasses with only minor chipping.* Triple please. Annie, you want a coke or something?" (14 hours and 11 minutes ago)
# HunterThompson said "*Hunter smiles* I didn't get to know Locke, but I trust him to deicde what's best. I can say without hindsight that recent events were just the trigger. He was never quite at ease here. No one hearing that should find it an enlightening statement." (13 hours and 58 minutes ago)
# HunterThompson said "*In case the moment was well and truly over, Hunter adds* I jsut wanted to say that before getting too drunk to be articulate." (13 hours and 55 minutes ago)
# The lights came on inside Snell Auto Repair. (13 hours and 51 minutes ago)
# Queen Mum said " *Nods* You're right, I mean, he wasn't making sense, was he? I admit I'm not the swiftest when it comes to interacting with the living, but... *She makes a sound of frustration.* But you're perceptive as always, Doctor, and I'll drink to that." (13 hours and 39 minutes ago)
# Tlar said "Quite a mob of zeds at Veryard NT, 8 or so." (13 hours and 11 minutes ago)
# Queen Mum said " *Sets her drink down.* Best go have a quick look before I get to far into it. *Short time later she returns and wipes her hands with a wet rag.* It's well fortified for the moment, but I had to roll a body out... No one I recognised at least." (12 hours and 6 minutes ago)
# Pte Johnson said "*with the drinking in full flow, Fsther Johnson takes his clear head up to Veryard*" (6 hours and 33 minutes ago)
# Pte Johnson said "Arse, it's no use, I need guns and ammo, can't swing an axe for trying......the NT's ehb but they've a guest needs evicting.....now dont' go getting all morose on whisky.....best I have some too, thin it out a little *grins and rubs hands before pouring" (6 hours and 29 minutes ago)
# Pte Johnson said "a small glass - while standing, father J rasies his glass* To us, and to locke, where his path may lead him *knocks it back, pulls a face, looks at watch* mummmmmm not to early for another.....don't mind if I do *pours another to sip*" (6 hours and 26 minutes ago)
# Pte Johnson said "*wherever*" (6 hours and 26 minutes ago)
# Pte Johnson said "*bloodyhell - wherever*" (6 hours and 25 minutes ago)
# A flare was fired 2 blocks to the west and 10 blocks to the north. (5 hours and 49 minutes ago)
# R0ad Dancer said "Still waker 'n there then? I'll go 'ave a looksie... *Turner gets up a little unsteadily, and grabs another gulp before clambouring out of the barricades*" (4 hours and 29 minutes ago)
# R0ad Dancer said "*Climbing backin with a slight slip and a thud, Turner gets back to his feet* An' they say you shoulden mix guns an' booze... Heh... Cheers! *Snagging his glass he clinks with Charlie, Hunter and Queenie*" (4 hours and 25 minutes ago)
Since your last turn:
* Queen Mum said "Cheers to that. An' the shooting stuff. *She takes another deep swig and grabs her bag.* Better go have a looksee.... *In a bit, she returns entering much more slowly than Turner did so as not to take a tumble.* There's five wakers in there now..." (exactly 1 hour ago)
* Queen Mum said "...but I managed to nail some stuff up and pile s'me stuff too. *After refilling her glass and noting the rapidly draining bottle, she frowns and extends her thumb towards Turner.* I hammered my 'fumb. Ow." (exactly 1 hour ago)
Maybe I should stay here.
-
where you at?
The Mighty Cupcake revived me! Thanks to the Mighty Cupcake!:D
Ok, now I have to wait to fill my APs.
Dying was worth it - I'm 100%encumbered with pistols, shotguns, and first-aid kits! Ok, just to get back on my lively feet and I'm good to go! :D
@calenlass - Zombie Soap Opera ftw!
-
Could someone that has played the game at higher levels tell me how much ammo people normally carry? I'm thinking 8 shotgun shells so I have enough to completely reload the four shotguns, and 8 pistol clips because my OCD is showing and it should still give me enough room for 10 FAKs, or 6 FAKs, a DNA extractor, and 2 syringes once I go down that skill tree.
Carry whatever spread of equipment makes sense for you. The main thing is to just keep stocking up until you are at 100% encumbrance, because there's no point in carrying any less. I tended to carry less firepower but that was so I could carry more FAKs and syringes, up to 25 FAKs at a time. Someone more focused on healing others would want more FAKs, but someone who shoots zombies a lot would want lots of ammo; stock up on whatever it is you use the most. I might suggest reducing the number of shotguns you carry around in order to carry more ammo, because guns weigh a lot more than ammo so carrying more than two shotguns seems like a bad tradeoff to me, but that's just my opinion off the top of my head.
-
I've been playing a few days now and I haven't figured out what I'm meant to be doing, beyond wandering around sporadically searching and sometimes taking a swipe at zombies. I keep going too far from VSB buildings too, so I end up being exposed to attack. Should I keep doing this until I've got enough to get a skill and then work up or is there a quicker route to gaining XP?
-
read the thread, this has all been explained multiple times by multiple people
long story short: the biggest downside to UD is how excruciatingly slow XP gain can be for new characters, I already mentioned that on previous pages. The fastest route to gaining XP varies depending on what kind of character you have, the newbie page on the wiki explains all that.
ADDITION: You're Josefa Bailey right? Just looked at your profile, you're doing fine. Because you're a firefighter I would suggest not wasting time searching and just concentrate on attacking; it sounds like you may be doing it the other way around, but firefighters don't need to search for ammo or FAKs in order to keep doing their thing.
You almost have the 100 XP for your first skill, get Freerunning so you won't be stuck in danger as much. For a firefighter it is arguable that you might want Hand To Hand first and Freerunning second in order to accelerate your XP gain, but I always recommend Freerunning first.
-
Well I think the problem is that I can't find any zombies; how do you know where they are, other than just wandering? Is there a way? I looked on the wiki but there's so much info I get confused.
Basically I'm not really a gaming kind of person, I get muddled and lose interest, but I quite like this one.
-
The middle of Pegton is really safe; great for hiding out in, but not great for hunting. Go south into Vinetown or west into Edgecombe to find zombies. For example, I've been hanging out around the west edge of Pegton/east edge of Edgecombe where there's been a lot of pretty intense fighting. Then every couple days when I run out of supplies I journey back to the hospitals to stock up on FAKs.
Now it's basically impossible to find VS buildings to take safety in when there are lots of zombies attacking all the time, but once you have Freerunning that won't matter. Even if a building is ruined and infested with zombies, you can use it to enter and hop over to neighboring EH buildings. Staying safe in the danger zone I'm in is as simple as finding the nearest building with its lights out (out here that's basically every resource building, because the zombies keep trashing the police departments and NT and such) and then freerunning from there to a safe building.
Also, as a firefighter you don't constantly need to find more zombies like I have to. Lab techs can scan each zombie only once and therefore need to find as many zombies as possible every day; a firefighter just needs to find one zombie and hack at it over and over.
-
I'll be happy to stagger back to Pegton after I get some more APs.
Not that I have a zombie character or anything.
Nope.
-
I might suggest reducing the number of shotguns you carry around in order to carry more ammo, because guns weigh a lot more than ammo so carrying more than two shotguns seems like a bad tradeoff to me, but that's just my opinion off the top of my head.
average amount of shots to kill a 50HP zombie with a shotgun is 8, if I carried 2 that would be 12 AP (8 + 4 reloads), if I carried 4 that would be 8. It takes 12 to kill a flesh rotted zombie, but that would need 6 shotguns, which makes for 36% encumbrance, 4 is only 24%. You might be right, I will probably figure out what the right amount of shotguns is as I play.
Shotguns actually only weigh 2% more than as much ammo as they can hold, 6% for a shotgun, 4% for two shells. So there isn't much gain, just 4% over carrying two shotguns and enough extra ammo to fill the two shotguns I wouldn't carry (if you understand what I am saying, I can't figure out how to word it).
edit: 21HP flesh rotter outside st matthews, emptied two shotguns and a pistol or 2 into him, but ran out of AP, stepped inside and fell asleep.
-
The Mighty Cupcake revived me! Thanks to the Mighty Cupcake!:D
You're welcome, hombre.
-
I keep going too far from VSB buildings too, so I end up being exposed to attack.
You're pretty smart May, so you can probably do this even easier than me. I just count how many AP it took until I found a zombie, then I add 3. That way I can always make it back to my VSB safehouse.
-
Oi! Jefferson Hellie is in St.Siricius's, resting
, and if anyone needs some Xp, and has some FAKs, I'm at 30 HP., and is fully healed, thanks.
-
Finally filled up with ammo and FAKs up at Giddings Mall, gonna get back down tomorrow.
-
Woo! Just killed my first zombie! *flails*
-
St. Matthew's is under heavy zombie assault oh nooooooooo.
On the plus side, I am now leveling like a motherfucker.
-
Flare gun! Usefull or not?
-
not
-
The utility of the flare gun is largely nullified by the fact that we have forums & meebo.
It is fun to shoot people with them sometimes though.
-
Yeah, I was considering as keeping them for zombie flaring purposes, but they have really bad hit percentages, so I threw them away.
-
They are useful if your only weapon skill is basic firearms, because then they have the best damage per AP of any of the guns, but beside that, the most use they would be would be mass flare-attacking zombies that have been covered in fuel, which isn't really possible to co-ordinate.
edit: 2 outside St. Matthews, 1 at 3 HP. It would be dead, but I got a string of 10 misses with my pistols and ran out of AP trying to fire axe it to death.
-
Side note (maybe this has been mentioned), but the random-number generator they used was based on the time since the last equinox so people would figure out the rhythm they'd have to hit to optimize it and use that to get almost all hits. Since then this has been fixed but I am still doubtful and would warn against jamming the 'attack' button a bunch of times rapid-fire style if that's what you're doing.
-
I just revived a couple more people just over the border in Edgecombe. The area I'm working in looks especially bleak today, with all the police stations and the NT building in the corner of Edgecombe ruined.
I don't want a lot of people to abandon the hospitals because our group should be keeping those secure, but if just one or two of the other revivers on our team could come to the border with Edgecombe we could make a dramatic difference here with relatively little effort. I think their main problem is that without a secure NT building they can't revive people quickly, and if people aren't being revived then they can't keep the buildings in that area secure.
Go north a couple blocks from the hospitals to stock up on syringes at the Rowcliffe Building, then head southwest to the corner of the suburb. When you have all your AP rested up, head to Oldidge Way just over the border in Edgecombe and revive people there.
-
Matthews is clear for now, and the PD that someone in Matthews mentioned has 1 24 health zombie and 21 corpses outside (sadly, not all made by me), with everyone inside it at full health. I'm going to need to make another mall run soon, though. Down to 5 shotgun shells and 2 pistol clips, with all my guns empty.
I've got all the pistol skills, basic shotgun, hand to hand, axe, diagnosis, bargain hunting, and free running, and I'm ready to get my next skill. Left to my own devices, it will be shotgun or headshot, should I go for barricading, healing, or reviving next instead? I get XP a lot quicker since I have been focusing on gun skills, but if we need more of something else, I'll go for that instead.
-
Definitely leave first aid and surgery, because they heal more they'll reduce the rate you gain XP at and since we're operating partially out of a hospital more FAKs are easy to come by. Since you're nearly maxed out with combat skills if construction isn't your next skill then make sure it's the one after that. That way you can quickly stop break-ins, whereas without it you have to rely on someone else being online to secure a building once you've taken out the zombies. Given the rate you'll gain XP if you do take advanced shotgun it doesn't have to be your next pick since you'll be able to get it soon enough anyway, but it's definitely a much more worthwhile choice than headshot.
-
I think my wanting to take headshot is the idea of it slowing anyone I kill down by another 2.5 hours, more for the people that would otherwise only take half an hour to stand back up than the people that take 5 hours to stand up. Not practical, I suppose. I'll take that after I get all of the more important stuff (most survivor skills besides Tagging, Radio Operation, and Knife Combat)
-
I'd take it over Necronet Access since manufacturing syringes is pointless. I would say over surgery as well, but that'll be good for saving AP since our hub of operations does seem to be a group of three hospitals, but on balance headshot might still be the better option for someone who's combat-oriented. Headshot isn't by any means useless, it's a real kicker for a low level zombie because they'll have to start with a max of 35 AP when they stand which really limits the amount of damage they can do. It's just that it'll slow someone trying to break in a lot less than having to smash through barricades, and having construction means you can be more useful when there aren't any zombies around.
-
Except I have never seen the hospital not be at VSB, I generally see far more over-barricading than places needing barricading.
-
That's because the centre of Pegton is really safe at the moment. That won't necessarily always be the case, and besides staying safe all the time is no fun so it's good to wander. Since zombies will only experience an AP loss maxing at 15 when you make a kill shooting them down in the streets, while fun and profitable, doesn't prevent unwanted brain chewing all that much. The important thing is to clear them out of a building fast and secure it. There are vast numbers of resource buildings around that need people to slaughter the zombies inside, dump the bodies and barricade. Not our main ones at the moment, the hospitals and the Necrotech are pretty secure, but the more buildings that fall in surrounding suburbs the worse it'll get for us as zombies come looking for fresh meat and you can kiss that safe haven goodbye.
-
Well, sure, I will need construction eventually, but since I'm gaining several levels in less than a week, I'm not worried about it in the short term, I think it would take much longer than that to wipe out the hospitals, since we are now getting 50 or so people in St. Matthews regularly.
-
Well really, the important takeaway from what he said is not that St. Matthew's is going to get more dangerous anytime soon, but that you ought to start journeying to danger spots in order to be useful. Killing zombies outside St. Matthew's accomplishes basically nothing other than gaining you XP, whereas if you journey a little south into Vinetown, or a little west into Edgecombe like I've been doing, you can do just as much killing of zombies but simultaneously accomplishing the very useful task of clearing out buildings.
-
Gonna come down help when I build up enuff XP to be able to revive.
-
Dear fellow zombies;
I just opened St. Callistus's Church in Brooksville, and there's three jummy survivors inside.
-
I'm there, it's dropped to two survivors now but I'm currently the only zombie inside.
-
RonBeegro (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1645411) shot at me for no reason whatsoever (I wasn't online); watch out for him I guess.
Also I got freerunning! Time to go pillage a mall.
-
He didn't kill you though? How odd, it must've been a PKer low on ammo.
Don't bother with the malls yet, you still don't have enough skills to make malls useful (I know, who needs a special skill to shop in a mall? whatever) and those skills aren't something you want to bother getting until you've built up some skills in firearms first. The main advantage of Freerunning is allowing you to more easily find safe refuge. For example, I had suggested heading into more dangerous territory to find zombies to hunt, but hanging around in more dangerous territory is only feasible if you have Freerunning.
You can enter any of the regrettably zombie infested buildings, and then freerun from there into neighboring buildings to take refuge in a building that's extremely heavily barricaded.
ADDITION:
Sorry to brag, but damn I just made over 80 XP this morning! I think that's the most I've ever made in a single day, I had a lot of really good luck today. First off, as per my plan I revived 3 people at Oldidge Way (that's the 30 XP I was expecting to make today,) plus I was able to DNA scan a bunch of zombies while I was outside (another 24 XP) plus the safehouse I retreated to just happened to have a nearly dead survivor in it that I healed up by 30 HP. kaching
Sometimes being a helper really pays off!
ADDITION2: I just noticed Vinetown has gone red on the map. Obviously that could be misinformation like what happened to Pegton before, but since Vinetown was already orange and the situation there has been deteriorating steadily I'm inclined to believe the map.
Do you guys think we should send some help their way or should we concentrate on shoring up Pegton from any zeds migrating up from Vinetown?
-
If we help out in Vinetown then it'll probably have a knock-on effect of making Pegton more secure. The zombies will go for the softer targets first, so we can keep large numbers from heading into Pegton by keeping them busy outside the suburb or on the borders. We can always fall back to the hospitals and Necrotech in the centre if they look like getting compromised, but it seems a bad idea to just hold up and wait for a horde to turn up.
-
Not just if they are getting compromised, use the hospitals as your fallback position every couple of days when you need to rest up and resupply. That tends to be the most effective way to play; have a secure spot as your home base to return to when you need more ammo/FAKs/needles, and make "strafing" runs into danger zones.
-
calenlass is at 9HP in Heytown. No one has healed me in like a week. :(
-
Well, I didn't know you were there.
Or I did and forgot.
I'm up in Yagoton checking out the mall.
This mall has everything!
I'll head your way.
Edit: Sorry didn't realize it was a page break.
(http://i158.photobucket.com/albums/t85/FangHamhands/capybara-sandra-simond.jpg)
-
I'm going to go to the mall for another couple days as soon as I get the AP up (spent 16-18 AP on a zombie inside St. Matthews), then I'll go into vinetown to help out. I've got enough for both advanced shotgun and construction now, so I can help rebarricade, should I try to find a toolkit so I can rebuild ruined buildings as well?
edit: Also, I killed a zombie with a Hail Mary shot from a flare gun. That was awesome.
-
I killed two zombies today! One with my pistol, one with my shotgun. Also I now have shotgun training. It is so much easier to get XP when you can actually hit something...
-
Well the past couple of days I've struck out west from Pegton to maybe find some more action. Last night St. Benedict's at the south edge of Peppardville fell while I was in it, but it was only two zombies and I was able to take one of them out with an axe, heal up the others inside, lightly barricade, then bug out to the EHB police dept. next door. And picked up lab experience in the deal, so now I can revive people! I think once I build my AP back up I'll head back to Pegton so I can actually be some use. Things seem to be going pretty well for a doctor/barricade builder/axe wielder, and now I can add revives to that list. Honestly I do not understand why you guys all bother toting around these silly shotguns. [/sorta-in-character]
-
Smokin MahBong (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=688274) is a PK. Also a kawaii trenchie.
-
Hm..spent a day in Maney Lane PD (in west Dentonside), but it got broken into, and I spent all of my ammo, so I'm on a run. Now I'll try to wait for a decent amount of APs, and then Im heading for Vinetown(after some ammo gathering). I've upped three levels in the last 48 hours, finally I'm learning :D
-
edit: Also, I killed a zombie with a Hail Mary shot from a flare gun. That was awesome.
Conversely, imagine the look on his face when he logs in and sees that he was killed with a flare gun. It'll be like "wtf seriously?" heh
-
I think my record now is almost 200 xp in a day. Need a bit over 200, and I've got every skill I need. Down in vinetown to help out with the situation there.
-
edit: Also, I killed a zombie with a Hail Mary shot from a flare gun. That was awesome.
Conversely, imagine the look on his face when he logs in and sees that he was killed with a flare gun. It'll be like "wtf seriously?" heh
Really. I was planning on finishing him with my axe, since he had 12HP or so left after using my pistol and shotgun ammo, and I figured I might as well use that otherwise useless flare gun sitting in my inventory. I couldn't believe it when it actually worked, with that one shot.
-
whoah I just realized Vinetown doesn't have any NT buildings. So they must really need scientists ferrying needles down from Pegton's NT. I'm switching my route from running out to Edgecombe to revive people to running down to Vinetown to revive people; the Dinovan Monument is their revive point right on the northern edge of Vinetown, with an easy freerun from the hospitals in Pegton.
Also, I totally forgot they have a mall in Vinetown. Their zombie troubles must be a horde sacking the mall.
-
I am currently down in Vinetown trying to help with the zombie problem and that is indeed the issue. Last I checked there were 30-40 zombies sacking the mall and several other smaller groups tearing down the surrounding buildings.
-
Yeah, sorry St. Matthews. I accidentally over-caded.
Then I spent the rest of my AP trying to smash it back down, but it's still at EHB.
Once again, sorry.
-
So, yeah. I am dead outside St. Matthew's.
A revive in a few hours when i have the AP to shamble to somerville boulevard would be appreciated.
-
Dear Zombies, St. Callistus Church is open again.
-
I know. I got a kill in there.
It's really great to find VSB buildings, since you can take them down in one turn with 40ish AP. Then it's ready to be looted. Even better if there's already zombies outside, that can surge in and absorb damage.
-
Guys, I'm in the Riddell Museum at Rolt Heights and I'm infected and injured. Can anyone help? I miscalculated my AP again.
I'm in a hospital, so I should be fine soon.
-
And St Callistus's Church is out of survirors! yay!
Now we only need someone with ransack.
-
I always check someone's profile before using FAK's on them, and I always feel a little funny healing up people with ridiculous trencher descriptions. I do it anyways for the xp but still...
-
What is a trencher? I searched the wiki but it didn't tell me anything.
-
PKers (people that kill other survivors randomly while survivors themselves) have a habit of dressing in trenchcoats, hence the term trencher after the trenchcoat mafia. There's even (or used to be anyway) a PKer group called the Columbine Kids.
A question: when DNA scanning zombies shouldn't I be able to scan every zombie in the square in turn? I got stuck repeatedly scanning Dank Nuggitry (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1532171) at the Dinovan Monument who I didn't want to waste a syringe on as they're a rotter, but there was another zombie there who I couldn't scan in order to revive them.
And St Callistus's Church is out of survirors! yay!
Now we only need someone with ransack.
Looks like it has been now. Sadly, not before one of them gave my poor, badly named zombie Pvt Eightball (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1422087) a headshot. Seen anywhere else nearby that looks good for a raid once my AP's back up?
-
Actually no, that's not where the term trencher comes from. While the wiki doesn't have a page about "trenchers," that's just one of a bunch of names for the same thing - trenchie, trenchcoater:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Trenchcoater
Long story short, it's an idiot who plays like he is some ridiculous badass, doing nothing useful and just running out into the street to shoot zombies. The name comes from the fact that their descriptions almost always mention black trenchcoats.
Someone had run across this parody character, hee hee:
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1328872
A question: when DNA scanning zombies shouldn't I be able to scan every zombie in the square in turn? I got stuck repeatedly scanning Dank Nuggitry (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1532171) at the Dinovan Monument who I didn't want to waste a syringe on as they're a rotter, but there was another zombie there who I couldn't scan in order to revive them.
I thought so too but it doesn't always seem to work right.
-
Ah, I always thought the tendency towards black trenchcoats was because of the trenchcoat mafia thing and I also presumed it referred to PKers rather than just those obsessed with zombie-shooting, probably because the first time I encountered any of that sort it was the Columbine Kids.
-
Where you zombies at? I just made it to brooksville and I'm looking to get in the shit, motherfuckers.
-
(by which I mean I'd like to smash barricades and eat people)
-
Right now my guy is chillin out down in Dartside, grabbing at stragglers who made the mistake of sleeping outside.
-
Bloody hell I AP'd out at a revive point by accident. Now I've got to waste 10 AP standing up just to die and stand up again.
If any off you zombies want xp, I'm now standing up as a survivor in Bragg Park at the far north-west corner of Brooksville, waiting to die.
-
So I finally got enough experience to get Lab Experience. I do believe I shall be a reviving machine.
-
And St Callistus's Church is out of survirors! yay!
Now we only need someone with ransack.
Looks like it has been now. Sadly, not before one of them gave my poor, badly named zombie Pvt Eightball (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1422087) a headshot. Seen anywhere else nearby that looks good for a raid once my AP's back up?
The damn people revived me!
I've brought the cades down a bit from the inside though, so if you are up for it...
-
I'm Gundunh (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1627021), btw.
-
My survivor is a fucking badass now thanks to Basic Firearms + Adv. Pistol Training and Shopping + Bargain Hunter. I've got so many guns in my inventory I feel like Neo.
Also, I found a radio transmitter. Do we need one set up in St. Matthew's?
Also also, where is the best place to kill zombies right now I wanna shoot something real bad.
-
Maybe Vinetown? I just took out two of them (one was at 30-something HP to begin with), and brought a barricade up three or four notches. Got over 100 XP in one day, even after spending 10 or 15 AP on the barricade. Only going to be able to keep that side of things up for another couple days, though. I'm probably going to search for a toolbox after I lose a bit of encumbrance.
-
The damn people revived me!
I've brought the cades down a bit from the inside though, so if you are up for it...
Combat revives? The unscrupulous swine! We definitely need to trash their building on principle. There was a too tempting survivor foolishly standing outside who had enough health for me to buy ankle grab if I ripped them apart (I really love having maxed out hand attacks) so that took a lot of my AP, but I had enough left to get the cades down to VSB+1. I can bring them down once my AP's recharged, now even if they headshot me I'll only lose 6AP.
Also, there's a queue of 9 at the Bhore monument revive point in Vinetown. Make sure you DNA scan first though particularly if reviving at the Dinovan monument, as the only zombie stood there earlier was Obese Twins (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1565218) who has a hefty outstanding PK bounty on their head so it'd be best to leave them dead. And there are plenty of zombies wandering the streets for anyone looking for XP.
-
The barricades are down. Free brains for everyone!
-
The Yapp building in Vinetown has taken some serious damage. There's 5 zombies inside, I got the cades up to VSB, but I don't have any guns of FAKs.
I'm gonna get back to HQ and fill up on FAKs before I go back to Vine, the place is overrun.
If anyone is close to my zombie, Gundunh, please kill him.
-
I'm a dozen zombies (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1639938) (harr harr harr so funny I am), and I'm waiting to die at a St. Sixtus' church in Brooksville, [38, 66]. 5 HP left.
-
I am outside the ruined Yapp building, dead, I'll probably get up in a few hours, do we have anyone that will be able to revive or should I go get in the queue?
On the bright side, I now have enough XP to get Lurching Gait and Ankle Grab.
-
I'm waiting 5 more hours for AP to recharge before going to do some reviving, where's the Yapp building?
EDIT: Nevermind I found it on the map. If you could shamble a couple blocks west to Lister Alley that would be helpful, that's on the path I'm planning to run down.
-
If someone happens to be around the Dinovan Monument, I'd be happy about a revive.
-
What I told Nodaisho, I'll be there in 5 hours if nobody has gotten you first. I'm planning to start from Dinovan Monument and run directly south to the other revive point near the mall, to make a couple revives and just generally scout out the situation. Dinovan Monument was practically deserted yesterday, but if the mall is getting hit as hard as people are saying then I'm guessing there's a line of people waiting at the other revive point, so I want to see for myself.
I'm at like 38 AP right now, I want to be nearly maxed out to make a run like that.
-
I'm there, hopefully nobody kills me in the next 5 hours.
-
PROTIP: When asking for a revive, give your specific location (tile name, suburb and/or GPS co-ords) and your profile ID or a direct link. To find your coordinates without a GPS, you can use this map (http://map.aypok.co.uk/index.php).
P.S. revived you guys.
P.P.S. not trying to be preachy, just trying to help. I've had a lot of communications in various mediums be inefficient and confused because people just don't communicate effectively, so clear presentation of information is something I think about when I'm not writing for amusement/entertainment/enjoyment so I though I'd throw it out there.
-
Okay, I didn't know how to get the co-ordinates for the location. I've just been going by name and looking on a map when I need to find a place.
I'm going to wait for more AP before standing up, but I've got a question about barricading in Vinetown. A good amount of the suburb is still ruined from what I can tell, so should I bring barricades as high as I can, since there are enough active zombies that EHB tends to come down pretty quickly anyway? I'm planning on finding a toolbox and starting to repair ruins once I get up.
-
Typically, unless I've got somewhere I'm going to, I wait till full AP to stand up.
Barricading is your call and that's not an unreasonable line of reasoning for EHB, but it does suck huge to not be able to get into anywhere safe.
-
Actually, one sneaky strategy you might consider is barricading every open building you can to VS. Not just buildings you stay in, every building you come across. Building to VS is much faster than going beyond that (barricading always works until VS, and then it's a percentage change after that) and so you can do a bunch in one play session. If you leave behind a trail of empty VS buildings the zombies will waste their time breaking into empty buildings.
More generally, if a suburb is mostly ruined then any newbies should be fleeing anyway, you can't worry about them in that situation. The unspoken rule with any barricade policy is "keep marked buildings VS unless there is a massive attack currently going on." Keeping resource buildings in survivor hands is a higher priority than making sure newbies can access them.
Also, repairing ruined buildings is one area where coordinating with other people helps a lot. Since ruined buildings can often cost a lot of AP to fix, usually you want to have several people working together as a cleanup crew, one person repairing and the others barricading the repaired buildings.
ADDITION: I just revived a guy whose profile mentioned that he was infected. I shouldn't ever need to do that since I always carry around at least one FAK to cure infections on myself, but that's a clever trick I'll have to remember. Since people will usually scan you and look at your profile before reviving, they'll see that message and hit you with a FAK before reviving you.
-
So I've covered the first couple of pages and got a good feel for the game. My name is Johnny Salami, I'm currently in Greentown moving toward Pegton. Could someone link me to the Serious Pony Discussion Wiki. page? I would like to be added to the list.
-
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Serious_Ponies
-
I didn't even realize we had a list of everyone in the group, that's convenient. Anyway, your name is not terribly useful without your profile; you can get your profile URL by clicking on your own name in the game.
EDIT: Just so you know when looking at the history on the wiki, I'm duglis on the wiki, that was my original character when I played UD years ago. I had removed all those names you just put back because those characters are pretty clearly abandoned. In at least one case you can see for certain the characters hasn't been active in a month, because their name is crossed out in your contacts; for the other characters, anyone still at level 1 with barely any XP is clearly someone who just created a character on the first day and then abandoned the character. For example, a while ago jordan abandoned mr bonk in favor of huddahud.
-
Be careful in the warehouse NE of the Dinovan Monument, I'd headed in there after doing some revives and I got PKed by Crystal Chandelier (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1341028) and they were still there when I came round. Needless to say, I'm now standing at Dinovan.
-
Somehow I have wandered into a part of the city where everything is destroyed and I can't find any shelter. I keep using up the one or two AP I amass trying to get into a safehouse but there aren't any!
-
Thanks for the heads up, I've marked the PKer red in my contacts.
I feel I should elaborate on my earlier comment about repairing buildings:
repairing ruined buildings is one area where coordinating with other people helps a lot. Since ruined buildings can often cost a lot of AP to fix, usually you want to have several people working together as a cleanup crew, one person repairing and the others barricading the repaired buildings.
By "cost a lot of AP" I mean that sometimes buildings can have a repair cost that drives you into negative AP. I've seen buildings that cost 100 AP to repair, although that's rare (the longer a building has been ruined, the more it costs to repair.) So again it's pretty vital to coordinate a cleanup crew so that as soon as the repairer falls asleep the rest of the crew barricades the building around them. Then you can sleep safely until your AP is positive again.
Incidentally, I've employed that same strategy in the past for reviving people in dangerous territory where there are no safehouses available. We all decide on a building to meet inside of, I revive as many people as I can and fall asleep indoors, and then the newly revived people immediately stand up and barricade the building we're in.
-
Three more zombies outside of St. Matthew's. I came back from killing things in Vinetown and there they were to greet me.
-
ANd then I stopped to put some bullets into them, just barely realizing in time that someone had overbarricaded and managed to make it inside a building with 0AP to spare
-
Alright, just made a full-AP run down to Vinetown. Revived everyone at the Dinovan Monument and used the ruined hospital nextdoor as an entrance to a secure church to pass out in.
-
I'm dead and at the monument. Also, Gelasius General Hospital has 19 living zombies outside of it.
Dear zombies: McNally Cinema, next to our dear church, had loose barricades when I finished with it. Kill Kill!
-
Got rid of the last of the 'cades, I'm in there flailing at survivors now.
Revived everyone at the Dinovan Monument
Much appreciated.
-
Thanks for the revive!
-
Is there anywhere that will need a fuel can tomorrow in Vinetown or Pegton? I found a few along with the toolbox I was looking for, and I held on to one.
-
I'm dead :( I'm going to let my AP fully charge before I stand up and then get the hell out of the zombie-infested hell-hole that I inadvertently wandered into.
-
Probably some places in Vinetown, just hang onto them if you don't need the space for anything else. All of the buildings in the area I'm in (I'm a couple blocks north of the mall's revive point) were dark earlier today, but all are lit up now.
On the other hand, if you do need the space for other things (eg. carrying more ammo) then I'd say ditch the fuel cans. Let the people who live in Vinetown worry about keeping the secure buildings lit, our priority is securing infested buildings.
I'm dead :( I'm going to let my AP fully charge before I stand up and then get the hell out of the zombie-infested hell-hole that I inadvertently wandered into.
What zombie-infested hell-hole are you in? You should probably retreat to the hospitals in the middle of Pegton, they are a great home base.
-
I'm in Earletown, and there are eleven zombies in the four squares next to me. Almost all the buildings are ruined and the ones that are not are unsecured in any meaningful way. I'll head back that way soon, maybe get some XP on the way.
-
I've got room for one, I'm over my max encumbrance to carry more, but I can get around fine with what I have now. Got plenty of ammo, since I'm mostly going to be working on securing buildings rather than shooting all the zombies. Is there a particular area that is being focused on reclaiming first?
-
I'd say we should focus on reclaiming buildings along the northern edge and then work our way down. I mean, I'm diving deep into hostile territory to revive people at the mall, but that's just because that's where the people needing revives are lined up. For the most part, pushing a border of safety gradually south is the best way to ensure that buildings you've secured stay secure.
I'm in Earletown, and there are eleven zombies in the four squares next to me.
waitaminute, how in the hell did you end up in Earletown? That's nowhere near Pegton, come home!
Also, there's a map on the wiki that gives a rough idea of where the danger spots are:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Suburb
This map isn't 100% accurate, but it's usually pretty close and you can see that Earletown is currently marked as Very Dangerous. For reference on what the danger levels mean, a bunch of us are fighting to reclaim Vinetown and that's only Moderately Dangerous.
ADDITION: Just noticed one of the people in the safehouse with me is the first time I've ever seen a survivor with Brain Rot, huh -
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1379086
ALERT: Anyone in the vicinity of Gelasius General Hospital in Vinetown, 9 zombies currently occupy it. I tried to barricade it, but I could only get it up to loosely because zombies kept lurching in my way.
-
St. John's Cathedral in Vinetown could use some organized TLC. I'm in Atrill Bank just south of it trying to heal up whoever can get out, but with 4 squares to barricade it's a tough spot to hold on to. If a few of us with more offensive abilities could clear and cade it I think we'd have a good chance of shoring it up.
-
Two live zombies left in the southwest portion of the Cathedral, one body I didn't have enough AP to drag out. It is ransacked, need to clear out the last two before that can be fixed. Four zombies outside that square as well, with three bodies lying there.
-
bah I fell asleep outside St. Matt's. Curse my poor planning skills!
sooo....cloooose
-
Vinetown is a mess. Cathedral, hospital, and mall are all ruined with double-digit zombies inside. I high-tailed my way back to St. Siricius's. I'm gonna stock up on FAK's and syringes before pushing back south again.
-
Fellow zombies, might I suggest we put our efforts into cracking the Culling Building at 37, 64? It's down to VSB, and taking out the local Necrotech would make things a lot nastier for the local survivors.
-
I found a character I made! Now trying to play, but I'm a zombie. http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=547836
-
Since you're a first-level military scout who isn't even alive you're probably best off just making a new character and starting over with an easier class.
-
Or start off as zombie and join our mini-horde.
I'm outside The Flooks building, another NT in the suburb (crappy suburb), but I'll shamble over; this one is too close to the police station.
EDIT: Culling is open
-
awaiting a revive at the cemetary south of St. Matt's
kinda relieved. i didn't feel like trying to survive today.
-
damn I am having especially bad luck searching today. I ran out of supplies so I came home to restock syringes and FAKs before diving back into the middle of Vinetown, and at this rate it'll be next weekend before I'm back in Vinetown helping people.
-
Level 15, mofos.
-
North two squares of the Cathedral in Vinetown are repaired and partially barricaded (one heavily, one lightly), one body in each needing clearing out, three live ones in the southwest square, one live one in the southeast square, both of those places ransacked. I'm out of AP in the club to the west.
-
Dammit all to hell, I need to stop trying to barricade things, because apparently I just do not know when to stop.
-
I just healed a guy in the hospital. He was at 27 HP, I hit the button for a FAK once, and he was at 60. Apparently like half a dozen other people were healing him at the same time. That's the hospital for ya.
-
Pvt Eightball, nice to meet you. Had fun killing you.
:-D
-
Argh, two zombies at the library and I ALMOST killed both of them. Dammit. Newstead Library, two blocks east of St. Matt's, it's down to like, 8HP if anyone wants to kill it.
-
Pvt Eightball, nice to meet you. Had fun killing you.
:-D
Thank god for that! I hate getting combat revived, next time it happens I think I might stock up on ammo so I can blow whoever did it to shreds inside their own safe house. Also, I now have ransack so if we can crack Culling again I can trash it.
-
Woo, making progress, got construction and shotgun training, amazing how fast I took down a zombie and dumped its corpse on the doorstep.
-
how does revivification work, do you have to be dead or do you have to be a zombie that's up and about?
I'm currently dead at the cemetary south of St. Matt's along with some other dead bodies and a zombie. how long do you typically have to wait before someone stumbles by and revives you?
-
You need to a be a zombie, they dont have the option to revive dead bodies. And it depends how active the area is/how close to a NT building it is.
-
okay, i'm gonna stand up then.
hopefully nobody kills me this time. some fucker named Nicki Cox or something like that killed me while i was waiting around here last time.
-
Woo, revived!
I'll go back for the other two guys after I've got some AP back.
-
thanks!
-
I'm at 84,60 Dinovan Monument, and I need a revive. Zombies broke into the club I was sleeping in.
-
Somehow I didn't die when I ran out of AP and couldn't get into the hospital, so now my new character Llewellyn Bonny is sitting in there.
-
you forgot your profile http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1650147
My name is Johnny Salami, I'm currently in Greentown moving toward Pegton.
profiles people, read the thread
your name is not terribly useful without your profile; you can get your profile URL by clicking on your own name in the game.
-
Need a revive; the south-eastern cemetery in Pegton [87, 57]
Thank you :-)
-
Oh dear. Fell asleep outside.
I do believe I have entered Screwedtown, population: my stupid ass
Edit: Phew! Made it inside a warehouse.
-
Oh noes, I hid out in a building and ended up attacked by a zombie. I'm at the cemetery in NW Pegton, can anyone give me some help?
-
Christ, Vinetown is getting wrecked, second night in a row I die while in an EHB non-resource building. Standing at Somerville, someone sprayed that it isn't a RP anymore, is that right?
-
Holy shit, being stuck in a building with a bunch of shitty RPers is the worst thing of all time.
Worse than anal sex!
-
Yeah, they're quite bad at it.
Going down to the north side of Vinetown tomorrow. Gonna kill myself a zombie if it can get me enough XP for the revival skill, and then I can start doing useful stuff other than healing.
Brooksville is getting ripped apart by us zombies, it's quite fun.
-
Someone revived me, so I'm back up in Giddings Mall resupplying. I'll be back down in Vinetown in a couple of days, anyone want to help me repair and rebarricade buildings once I'm back down there? I just can't clear out and repair and barricade a building in one day.
-
Three PKers in the building I was sleeping in (thankfully they didn't pick me as their victim).
My PK list now reads as follows:
Dirk Whitesocks (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1055138)
Leo Jameson (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1339171)
Mr Blahman (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1439448)
Noggin Double Tap (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1513892)
Ron Beegro (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1645411)
Smokin Mahbong (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=688274)
-
Yeah I've got Smokin Mahbong in my contacts too, plus last night one guy in the NT building warned the rest of us that he was in the PD next door. Are you sure about Ron Beegro though? He only has 2 XP, you do gain XP from PKing (half what you get from killing zombies.)
I've also marked:
Crystal Chandelier http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1341028
Matt Spauldingus http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1431687
Omega123 http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1111454
wallaby http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1322927
(I think that last one was a GKer not a PKer. whatever, he's someone to keep an eye on regardless)
-
Nodaisho, I'm in the Rowcliffe building in Pegton almost fully stocked up on syringes and kits. I'm at 0 ap right now, but I'm gonna be spending all day on the train so I'm thinking about... oh, 14 or 15 hours from now I'll be ready to make my way down to Vinetown. Or maybe give it till tomorrow to hit full?
-
I'm pretty sure Ron was one of the ones who point-blank killed someone in front of me, but maybe he is new and doesn't know not to.
Crystal Chandelier was in my "to watch" list so I'll bump that up to red.
-
weird, I thought the absolute least XP possible to gain from killing someone is 5 (they only have 1 HP left and you throw a punch, gaining no XP for the damage and 5 for the kill.) I used to always take screenshots when I saw a PK in order to record it and be sure, maybe we should start doing that, have like a shared photobucket or something where we all upload PK screenshots.
-
Dirk Whitesocks (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1055138)
I wouldn't worry about this guy. They're obviously a zombie someone either randomly or combat revived since their only human skill is diagnosis (which is really handy if you're undead). They haven't even got free running, so they're not much of a threat. I know when anyone revives my zombie I make a point of running into buildings, trashing generators and hacking at survivors until they or my zombie brethren send me back to the right side of the veil, but you still get people daft enough to combat revive.
-
That's true, a survivor without Freerunning or any combat skills is basically harmless. So neither Ron nor Dirk looks like much of a threat.
-
Ok, I had a little mishap(didn't read the map correctly and had no AP to enter St.Mathew's), and somehow I ended up dead (again). I'm a zombie currently standing outside St.Mathew's, so if anyone is here, I'd like a revive, please. If not (or if I'm killed again by the time I log back in), I'll shamble to some cemetery.
-
Don't hang around outside resource buildings, people will think you are attacking it. Just go to the cemetery, it's like two blocks away.
-
Ok, I'm off there.
-
Juggles, I'm still in Pitneybank, not quite full on ammo yet, so it will be a while before I get back down to Vinetown. No rush, I just want to know that when I do get down there, I can co-ordinate with someone.
-
damn was my reviving run today pretty disastrous. I tried to run back to the revive point center-south of Vinetown and found that all of the buildings surrounding it have been destroyed, then in my run back north I nearly ran out of AP outdoors. About the only thing that actually went right is that I entered a VS building with my very last AP.
-
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1646870
Finally reached Pegton and got revived. Gathering supplies and trying to gain some levels along the way.
-
Finally got Diagnosis. As a medic I started out with first aid so I just healed people who I thought were in dangerous situations until I could get some fightin' skills then I used those to hack enough HP from zombies to finally get Diagnosis.
(What is up with medics needing 150XP for Diagnosis though? Weak.)
-
Ok, does anyone know why was St.Mathews on EHB?
-
I would imagine because some asshole overbarricaded it.
-
Yeah, it's probably something like that.
Well, I've left the hospital to kill some zombie which was destroying the barricades from the outside, and when I tried to enter, it was EHB, and all of the buildings around it (the ones I've tried to enter) were EHB, and I got to the Bennet building and had no AP left. So, yeah...dead again...
-
aaand where are you at? I can come revive you if you're at the cemetery.
I was about to point out that killing zombies outside the hospital is mostly pointless, and suggest that you should go south just a few blocks and kill zombies inside buildings, but seeing as how you have trouble staying alive just moving around the center of one of the safest suburbs around I'm not sure how long you'd last in Vinetown.
-
Naah, actually I went out to get XP (as someone in the hospital said that there is a live one outside), and then got ehb-ed behind my back.
I'm laying at Bennet building, I'll leave Jefferson there to get to 50 ap, then I'm off to a cemetery or something.
-
I'm at the boulevard, ready for a revival.
Vinetown isn't doing well.
-
dammit I keep forgetting to scan you guys before I revive you, that would be an easy extra 4 XP.
-
Okay, I'm in Vinetown, in an EHB junkyard near St. John's. Got another junkyard up from loosely to EHB, and the northeast corner of St. John's from VSB to HB (barely had any AP left). I'm going to barricade to EHB in Vinetown until it gets safer, for now ruins should be what people look for for entry points. I think tomorrow I'll try to get the hospital north of St. John's up and caded, so people can get FAKs from there.
-
Anyone with a toolbox and construction could come to St. John's cathedral in Vinetown then help rebuild Gelasius General Hospital which is currently in disprepair.
-
That's what it's called. I'll be doing that tomorrow if nobody has, I couldn't remember the name of the hospital.
-
If anyone is up for a healing run, I'm infected in the Sanson Cinema in Peppardville and I've only got 3HP left.
-
Well, I made a fully-stocked run down to Vinetown to try and get a feel for the area. Made it to Mitchem mall after doing some revives at the rp down there. But apparently with around 10ap left, the game decided that after spending 3ap on a heal for a wounded passerby and moving back towards the cathedral, that I should be magically teleported to back outside of the mall. So I'm out of ap right inside the ruined Pilyer building. I'm really hoping no one comes looking in the unbarricaded building in the next hour so I can freerun back.
-
I went to a factory to search for a toolbox to go help rebuild vinetown now that I've got a lot of combat skills+construction.
I found fuel cans but no tool box.
-
I know, it took me a lot of searching to find one too.
-
I've started making runs to vinetown myself. Did a lot of healing while I was down there last time but I'm not gonna be any help in getting rid of zombies in the buildings.
-
I think that hitting Vinetown and then retreating would be the best idea for me, really, since I died the two last times I popped in there.
-
Got to Gelasius to see that it had already been taken care of. Shored up fortifications in St. John's, all squares are EHB, though not to anywhere near +5. Are things still messy when you go farther south?
-
Mall's definitely out of commission, and that's gonna take some dedicated work.
-
I can probably head down there and try fix up the mall if someone else is going. I did the library in Pegton and now a dude is all camped out there! I feel helpful.
-
That will need a lot of people. All the zombies will flock to it as soon as it is repaired, and I bet there are upwards of a dozen zombies in there.
-
Liz, is it the Newstead Library?
-
Hmm, so the zeds took the Police Station i was in when i last checked my character then killed me. After this my body was unceremoniously dumped into the street and now i have shambled to the cemetery in SW Pegton. Revive would be appreciated.
-
Here is what I have decided is my main: http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1653305
There are hardly any zombies to tag here, and since it's so far away I'll wait til I get free running to join you.
-
Mall's definitely out of commission, and that's gonna take some dedicated work.
I can probably head down there and try fix up the mall if someone else is going. I did the library in Pegton and now a dude is all camped out there! I feel helpful.
Forget about the mall, for the time being it's basically a lost cause. In the long run the best way to help the mall is to make the rest of Vinetown safe, and the best way to do that is just start at the border with Pegton and gradually work your way down spreading the zone of safety.
---
Yeah being a helper feels good, that's why I usually play scientists. Just a couple minutes ago a dude I revived earlier ran through my building and thanked me.
-
Joe Hocking you are no fun.
-
hey I am just trying to tell you how to spend your AP usefully, you can always choose to ignore me and fritter away your AP wastefully
-
St. John's Cathedral and at least one of the PD's look to be pretty safe for now. Gelasius Hospital may have some zombies outside. After I rest I'm gonna see about maybe repairing the other PD nextdoor. I haven't looked inside but the wiki status report says ruined.
-
I'm only missing two very slightly useful skills (Tagging, Headshot) and then the useless ones and then I am maxed out and gonna get XP and then gonna turn and then ATE YOU FUCKERS.
-
Juggles, darker colored building squares usually mean they are ruined. There is the grey for unlit, the yellow for lit, and then a dark gray for ruined (similar to the one for the building you are in). That's my experience at least, and it has helped me find ruins to freerun out of without fail.
-
Anyone near Kempsterbank need a radio? Am piddling around inside buildings (finally!) now that I am Free-Running-licious. My character is John Solipsi, a fireman with an axe, a propensity for dying often, and one spare radio.
-
I don't think characters are allowed to (or able to) trade items in Urban Dead:
This would be such a dangerously game-altering change that it's going to be implemented very carefully, and probably not for a while. The convenience of being able to give your friend a spare gun is fairly minor compared to the inconvenience of the massive abuse that this change could make possible (primarily the risk of players using multiple characters just to search for equipment and hand it over to the primary character).
-
Surely I could drop it in a certain place after which somebody could pick the thing up? Or does it not work in such a manner?
-
Sadly, no, it doesn't.
It would be nice if they eventually do find a way to trade that will not help zergers. Seems like if they have something to implement penalties, they should be able to prevent trading between characters that would get penalties.
-
Found a toolbox and headed to Vinetown, only 7AP to repair bubcar towers, but there are 4 zombies inside being all insidious and not letting me repair it. I guess I'm in the Vinetown cleanup crew now.
-
Is there a central meet-up point for Vinetown? My character's just got construction (and I've had a toolbox) so I could probably make it over to help out. It'll take me probably two days to do anything though, one to fill up on ammunition and the second to travel down there.
-
Seems like St John's Cathedral is as good a place as any. Its 4 squares big, so it aint hard to miss.
-
gonna turn and then ATE YOU FUCKERS.
You bastard!
-
Okay, so I've started work on the buildings around the mall. I'm going to try fix them all up and get the barricades to VSB, then it is zombie hunting time in the mall. Who is with me?
-
Is there any particular type of building that's the best for finding toolboxes? The wiki gives several different locations where they can be found, but no chance percentages.
I just spend 40 AP looking for one in an auto repair building, and seemed to find everything but a toolbox (3 spray cans, 2 newspapers, 2 fuel cans, and a crowbar).
-
If you've got shopping, probably at a hardware store in a mall, otherwise I don't know. I got one after about 40 AP at an auto repair shop.
-
Goodford Road PD (north of the NE block of St. John's) has 1 flak jacketed zombie inside, 36 HP. I was almost out of AP when I saw it, so I could only get it down that far. The building is EHB, but there are four or five survivors there that look like they have been hit with an infected bite. Anyone that can help would be welcome, I ended up missing it somehow and I barricaded the building up and healed a guy before I noticed it, had 5 AP left to try to kill it.
-
*facepalm* Thanks Nodaisho, I keep forgetting that those colors mean something. Zombie inside Goodford Road PD is down to 24hp, and 2 injured survivors hanging around. I found a toolbox a while back while searching for fuel cans, but I haven't had chance to use it yet. And I second St. John's as the Vinetown staging point. It's got direct access to 2 PD's and a hospital, and a good route down to the mall. Plus I'd feel better if we had a person in each square, so we can be alerted if barricades start dropping.
-
So my alt's (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1653353) in Danversberg, way closer than my main so maybe I'll just have that one meet up with you. I caught a PK too (http://img.photobucket.com/albums/v116/BrittanyMarie/PK1.png); the fucker smashed me with an axe.
-
I've got 153xp and I don't know what skill to take. I could take Headshot, but I don't know if that is really that useful. I've got all the military skills (except knife fighting), and I have shopping and construction.
I also repelled a zombie from inside St John's Cathedral in Vinetown and barricaded it back to VSB++.
-
Wait until you have 200 xp, get yourself killed, buy Lurching Gait and Ankle Grab. With the first Zombies can walk for 1ap instead of 2, with the second you have to spend 1 ap instead of 10 to stand up. Both are useful if you get killed.
-
Just checked back real quick and saw that there are ~15 zombies around the church in vinetown, I'm out of AP and hoping that I don't die.
-
Just threw a zombie out of Gelasius, brought the barricades up to HB (the two squares west of it are ruined, no worries about entry points for now). It is pretty well occupied by survivors, going to be hard to kill everyone in there even when they break through. Still got a couple of days worth of ammo, even if I'm spending all of them shooting.
-
On the plus side, I just made level 13. On the minus side, I ran out of AP inside an open building. Here's hoping I don't die in the next half hour.
-
Free running went all useless, god damn it! There I was, gaily jumping from building to building like an attention-deficited spider monkey, when SPLAT I went against the wall of St. Neot's because it was broken at the edges or some such? Ruined on the inside maybe? Now I am teetering on the precipice of death, hopefully hidden inside a building in Shackleton, with zeds debarricading every building I crawl into. Anyone nearby? Where ought I head to, do you reckon?
-
I STILL FUNCTION
-
ZJ, you can tell what buildings have been ruined when you are next to them. The buildings are different colors in their name squares. Yellow means lit, grey means unlit, dark grey means ruined. Once you learn which grey is unlit, you can tell what ones are ruined. It is pretty much the same color as buildings that you are inside look.
-
News: It appears that Mitchem Mall was retaken by survivors while I wasn't looking. I'm inside now, the mall is barricaded, powered, and occupied. So yay for that. I was still getting horrible search percentages in it though, so blah.
-
There's a guy with brain rot in SW Mitchem, next to you, Juggles. Watch out.
The Culling building is down to lightly caded again, zombies!
-
Thanks, I always forget to check who's around me. Also, is it considered suspicious for level 1 scouts to hang out in malls with no discernible purpose? I mean, I know new players have to start somewhere, but it just seems like an easy disguise for spies to me.
-
You're right to be concerned, although they could just be looking for safety in numbers or may just be confused. There's probably a good chance they are a zombie spy, but unless you want to risk PKing someboddy innocent there's not a lot you can do.
Anyone reviving at the cemetery south of S Matt's, the zombie at the top of the stack DrJackson (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1321517) has an outstanding bounty for PKing so I didn't want to inject them. If anyone with better combat skills wants to hack them up so someone can revive the others that would be good.
The Culling building is down to lightly caded again, zombies!
The buffet is now open, so long as you have memories of life anyway.
-
oo the mall's back up, I hope it holds long enough for me to restock syringes and get down there (several days.) I want to work the revive point down there but couldn't last week because there were no safehouses for me to work out of.
There's a guy with brain rot in SW Mitchem, next to you, Juggles. Watch out.
If you're talking about Fumbler (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1379086) I mentioned him last page. I came across the guy while doing a revive run at the mall last week. I commented on how he is literally the first time I've seen a survivor with Brain Rot (such an oddity that I put him in my contacts) and I had played the game for a year and a half with my old character.
I wouldn't be worried that he's a zombie spy, it wouldn't make sense to go through the effort of reviving a zombie with Brain Rot just to do a little spying. I would assume he's someone really tired of being a zombie and really interested in being a survivor now.
-
Zombies crawling all over Vinetown again, they've broken into the mall and many of the surrounding buildings. Shit shit shit.
-
I'm dead again :( I'm making slow progress towards a revive point, but I forgot it took 2AP to move.
-
Mitchem Mall seems to be still safe? And getting crowded too.
-
I just blew 20 AP to find one syringe. damn RNG
-
Man I'm dead AGAIN, and this was my own fault for forgetting I was infected. So I'm back as a zombie although I think I'm fairly safe.
-
Just the past few days the RNG has been a complete dick to me. I think I'm averaging 8ap per fak.
-
I'm at Dinovan again, zombified. Need a revive if anyone can give me one.
-
Tried to revive you, but no luck. I have a question: I keep hearing about how revives/DNA scans are supposed to move down a stack of zombies, but I've never seen it work that way. At Dinovan, "I recognize (pk'er) Obese Twins". Well I certainly don't wanna revive him. So instead I choose to use my DNA scanner on "a zombie". But every time it just tells me that I've scanned Obese Twins, and I can't get to anyone else to revive them.
-
I got revived, I'm in Mitchem mall rearming, need to get a few more shotgun shells and I'll head out again.
-
You don't have all the Serious Ponies in your contacts? Anyone in your contacts is visible in a crowd of zombies, no need to DNA scan first.
-
Got killed while in vinetown, currently in the Cemetary just below St. Martin's Church waiting for a revive.
-
I've got decent physical combat now (hand to hand, axe proficiency) and freerunning and construction, I'm still at a slight loss as for what to do now. Should I get medical skills next and help people or should I run around killing zombies and repairing buildings?
-
Either one could be good, do whatever appeals to you more. I mean, we already have plenty of healers for our team, but it's not like there's a maximum number of healers allowed in Malton.
-
I'll probably focus on looting, building, and killing then. A zombie just destroyed everything in St. Matthew's.
-
Some moron overcaded Halberry and now I'm stuck sleeping outside. Will probably need a revive within the hour.
-
I'm pretty sure I do have the Serious Ponies in my contacts, though it's possible I'm missing a few. But apparently Nodaisho was gone, which is why I didn't see him. In any case, I still couldn't revive any of the other poor saps waiting there and I can't figure out why.
-
First death! I'm currently just south of Halberry Police Department in Pitneybank, heading south to the cemetery.
-
Pretty zombie/dead outside of St. Elizabeth's, accidentally jumped to a ruin and ran out of ap.
-
this guy (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1489916) destroyed a radio and a generator in Mitchem. You know where to list him.
-
Goodford Road PD east of St. Johns is freshly repaired and just barely at VSB, it needs to be brought back up to EHB. 10 zombies and at least 1 zombie corpse outside, so it might not be the wisest move to stay in there after you are done.
-
I'm at the Bhore Monument in Vinetown waiting for a revive. Help would be lovely. Thank you all kindly.
-
I will be heading down there to do revives once I'm done restocking, but at this rate that won't happen ever. I just spent 13 AP searching in a powered hospital and found 0 FAKs.
I repeat, 0 FAKs. fuuuuuuuuck
-
*Pats Joe on the back* There there now. It's alright.
-
So I've spent the last two days searching the police department and got a total of 13 pistol clips, but have yet to find a handgun, oh pity.
-
Just start throwing bullets at zombies.
-
Yeah, if you throw them hard enough, it's basically the same thing.
-
By contrast I've found about 15 empty pistols/pistols with like 1-3 bullets in them, no effing pistol clips.
-
In my experience, searching malls gives a lot more for the ap; but the does of course require you to get the shopping skills. But I think it's worth it!
Got 3 skills left now, knife combat, NecroNet and tagging.
What's the closest NT building from Mitchem?
-
Probably the Owlsey building in Houldenbank, co-ordinates 94,64.
-
So how is Mitchem Mall right now? This afternoon I finally finished restocking (sheesh, it's been almost a week) and so I'm planning to head to Bhore Monument to do some revives. Of course, I still need to wait for all my AP to recharge, so it's still close to 15 hours before I make my move.
-
I was there a day or two ago, it was pretty solid, no problems with the barricade, and the wiki on Mitchem yesterday said there was exactly one zombie outside, updated November 22.
-
It was clear when I got there today, with plenty of people inside, but apparently I got PK'ed by some dude named Rob Collick (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=890753)and my body is lying in the street because someone threw me out. I am so incredibly annoyed you have no idea, freakin death cultist, member of Legends of Darkness (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Legends_of_darkness).
-
Go to Bhore Monument, I can revive you right now.
-
I'm there already, had just enough AP, being without lurching gait or ankle grab... should probably wait a while though since I won't have enough to get inside a safehouse if you do...
-
Zombies broke into St. Mattews's.
-
St. Matt's is fine but there's 10 dead bodies outside, which might be a problem soon.
-
I'm there already, had just enough AP, being without lurching gait or ankle grab... should probably wait a while though since I won't have enough to get inside a safehouse if you do...
I don't need to wait before reviving you, you need to wait before standing up.
-
I've made my zombie way back to Pegton as I hung around for three days without a revive wherever it was I died. I'm three squares south of St Matthew's (and so is Rob Collick, incidentally) in the cemetary. Josefa Bailey (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1638123) would love a revive if anyone is around!
-
I'm at the monument, got all zombie'd again. Dammit. A little help?
-
Arise liz!
(I'm playing from my iphone whee)
-
i am replying from my phone. I will see if can get on from my phone too but i donot know if i have enough ap to even stand up anyways.
-
I set up a generator in the goodford road PD, there's a ton of zombies outside though.
-
Anyone got a profile for Rob Collick? I wanna mark him red in my contacts.
-
Right here:
Rob Collick (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=890753)
-
Muahaha. Goodford Road PD down next to the Cathedral is clear now. I had a ton of AP and just got Pistol Proficiency, so I put a few clips worth into the lone zombie in there. I managed to buy Headshot with the experience before I killed him, so woo. Probably gonna restock clips and faks, then make a revive run around Vinetown. I've got plenty of syringes and in 24 hours I should have enough AP.
-
Has anyone seen any ruins inside of Vinetown? I haven't been able to find any, but I haven't seen all of the town. I stopped in a wasteland near St. John's and killed a zombie sharing space with an injured survivor. Just barely had the AP to get back into shelter after that.
-
BeeNinja (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1638468) has been announcing that we have to cade to EHB because all the other hospitals are down, but that's a complete lie as they're all at least VSB and mostly HB or over so I brought the barricades back down to VSB. I can't bring it up to VSB+2 as I don't have construction but at least now people can get into a hospital.
ETA: And he's back, and he's telling everyone to barricade higher because the other buildings are down, again. Bullshit, they are all up. I can't work out if he is an idiot or a saboteur but either way he is in my contacts under purple for stupid.
-
OK I'm fighting a losing battle here, the barricades are back up too high again (and I didn't help matters by accidentally recading when I'd just got them down to VSB again). Is it worth keeping this up? Am I in fact misunderstanding the barricade levels?
-
Which hospital are you talking about anyway? You never specified; St. Matthew's is supposed to be VS, every other hospital in Pegton should be EH.
ADDITION: what in the hell, I just looked at the map on the wiki and the entire northeast corner of Malton is red. Last time I looked at the map that entire corner was green, is this more map vandalism or have they all really gone red?
-
Yeah I was talking about St Matthew's. It is currently at HB. Is that higher than VSB? The way I understand the wiki it is the next level up, so survivors can no longer get inside. I have been trying to keep it a level lower, but I don't think I am understanding the way it works properly (either that or the hospital is full of dense people who don't comprehend the instruction to keep at VSB++). If I am the one being dense then please tell me before I make a bunch of enemies!
-
Yes H is too high, and yes there are lots of dense people who overbarricade:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/EH-bitching
If you take an axe to the barricades to lower them back to VS, make sure to remind people about the barricade plan.
ADDITION: I'm assuming the line about Canadians on that page is a joke, because otherwise wtf
-
It's safely at VSB (not sure what level within that) and I did remind people about the plan so it's time for bed for both Josefa and me.
-
Somerville boulervard dead as heck.
-
I just ran up to Somerville to revive you but after freerunning over I was just a few AP shy of being able to revive you, sorry. That's also a bummer for anyone at Dinovan Monument because I was right next to there before and would have revived people there.
-
I killed 3 zombies before going back to the mall in Vinetown. I know that killing them doesn't do much but I like having xp.
-
fuuuuuuck I stupidly went outside to do a revive when I barely had enough AP to make it back inside assuming the entry point I was planning on wasn't overbarricaded.
of course it was, how could I be so stupid
EDIT: and I'm inside now, whew that was close. stuck on the street right outside a VS building, why do I keep doing this to myself.
-
Thanks for headshotting me at a revive point, Rhythmic.
-
well crap that's why you were lying down? I did eventually go there to revive someone, and since you were lying down I revived someone else; I assumed you had been revived already. That's the revive I nearly got stuck outside to make.
damn rythmic, that is a bastard thing to do. Even if it weren't another one of the Ponies, the only zombies you attack at revive points are rotters (and if you can't tell, because you don't have a DNA scanner, then just leave them alone.)
EDIT: btw who is rythmic? I remember who is which character for a bunch but not all the Ponies.
-
Two zombies in St Matt's, one almost dead but I ran out of AP. I did get First Aid though which is good and I have two FAKs so I'm good to go.
-
Joe Rhythmic is Melodic. That's the only one I remember, basically, due to the theme.
-
I went to St. Johns to try and help out the people in Vinetown.
Found it stunning how the person working the radio transmitter is actually communicating important information on zombie attacks and known pkers. You know, rather than saying "penis penis penis," ad nauseum.
-
I'm sorry, I didn't realize I trampled over any revive points. Was it a cemetery? Usually I'm pretty good about avoiding those.
In other news, St. Matt's is overrun, and so is most of Pegtown.
-
Somerville Boulevard next to St. Matt's is a revive point, maybe that's where you didn't realise it was?
Thanks for the heal and the warning, i'm up in the NW now hunting for a toolbox or genny.
-
I'm sorry, I didn't realize I trampled over any revive points.
Avoiding killing zombies at a revive point should be a non-issue because you shouldn't be killing zombies outside anyway. Especially not if the second part of your post is true, since that means there are plenty of zombies inside buildings you could be attacking. But that just leads me to ask...
In other news, St. Matt's is overrun, and so is most of Pegtown.
really? Are you sure you mean most of Pegton and not just the area right around the hospitals? I'm in the NT right now and the area immediately surrounding it is all lit up; when zombies roll through a suburb usually the NT is one of the first things to go. But of course I can't see anything further than the area immediately surrounding this building and I've been here restocking for a day; this wouldn't be the first time I've been in a safe suburb that a giant horde of zombies smashed overnight.
-
Eight zombies inside St Matthew's :(
-
Now down to 3, and no cades.
-
I got two more, need to be cured of infection though.
-
jenny green teeth (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1400700) is in St Matt's right now and apparently a PKer which is going to cause some problems.
-
I got two more, need to be cured of infection though.
Are you Johnny Salami? If so, I literally just cured your infection.
-
Yes, thank you; I ran out of AP before I could FAK myself. :wink:
-
Now that just sounds dirty.
-
A couple days ago when you needed a revive, I poked you.
-
Last zombie still inside St. Mathews.
-
A couple people in St. Siricius are freaking out about how the zombies are invading and Pegton is going down. I'm not convinced this alarmism is warranted, but if things do deteriorate then I would suggest we stop putting more effort into saving Vinetown and retrench back in Pegton.
-
I'm pretty sure some people have been changing danger levels unnecessarily, look at the suburb map now and I'm pretty sure that within the last few days all of the northeast suburbs have gone from mostly green to all red. Anyone know where that concern should be brought up in the wiki?
I might come back up to St. Matthews tomorrow, though. Repaired some old wrecked buildings in Vinetown the last couple of days, the place is looking a lot better than when we got here.
-
Also I have to say that Vinetown is looking remarkably stable these days, much more so than when I first dragged my butt out of here. I'm in the cathedral, which is fully lit manned and caded, and all the resources buildings in sight are the same. Heck, we have some role-players playing tag in here.
-
Yeah, Vinetown seems pretty reclaimed to me. I wandered in a few different directions, and aside from a couple pockets of 3-5 zombies taking out a building and it being repaired before I could even get to it, it seems fine.
-
If there's any zombies around; Pigit Square Fire Station in Galbraith Hills is now open with 4 survivors and 1 zombie (me)
-
I'm in there now, but I've been unfortunately humanised. Some munching on my brains would be appreciated, I don't like killing humans when I am one unless they were the one to revive me.
A couple people in St. Siricius are freaking out about how the zombies are invading and Pegton is going down. I'm not convinced this alarmism is warranted, but if things do deteriorate then I would suggest we stop putting more effort into saving Vinetown and retrench back in Pegton.
I don't know if things are as bad as they're saying and I think some of it is people role playing freaking out, but there's definitely a lot more zombies now. St Matt's seems to have a permanent horde of about 10 outside it at any time and somerville is actually seeing long revive queues which is something I haven't seen there before so there's definitely more survivors falling. Things are staying pretty well maintained though, so I don't think we're in danger of collapse yet.
-
My zed is in Mickridge Heights outside the Mycock Building (hee hee hee). Going north as soon as possible.
-
I brought St. Matthews back up to VSB++ and set up a genny inside. Last I recall still four zombies outside though. Might wanna do something 'bout that...
-
Zombie inside again :/
-
I just found out other survivors are doing combat revives to help clear out St. Matthew's. Even worse, they're combat reviving the zombies outside the hospital. fucking idiots
somerville is actually seeing long revive queues which is something I haven't seen there before
Well then, I know where I'll be making my next revive run.
-
I'm in there now, but I've been unfortunately humanised. Some munching on my brains would be appreciated, I don't like killing humans when I am one unless they were the one to revive me.
I tried, but not enough ap, sorry. Someone else will get it done.
-
If someone could heal me in St. Matt's I could try to kill a few zombies outside.
Edit: Two zombies left outside.
-
Trying to get back to a VSB since some ass overcaded the rosser museum.
-
Thanks for healing me Jefferson Hellie, whoever you are. But a short while thereafter that bloody pk'er Obese Twins (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1565218) came along and unloaded a few clips-worth of pistolfire into me. So I'm now dead on the floor in the top-right of St. Johns. I figure once someone dumps me outside I'll stand up and move to Dinovan. When a building is EHB zombies inside can't get out, can they?
-
Yes they can.
-
Ran up to Pegton to check things out, ended up clearing a zombie out of Durban Library and repairing it, then barricading it up to HB+ hoping they won't break in after me. Vinetown looks pretty good but Pegton looks like it is falling to shit now.
-
Yeah I've been down in vinetown for the past week, I think I've left Pegton behind for now. On my zombie character who's managed to hobble up to Eastonwood I've managed to break into a hospital and started chewing on the harmanz inside, hopefully my other four zombie brethren outside will be spurred into action.
-
I literally watched someone making combat revives. god I want to shoot him in the face. Instead I took out my aggression on the remaining zombie that needed to be cleared out.
Apparently a horde of 17 zombies broke into Selleck Fire Station last night. damn yo that is a big breakin, maybe Pegton really is going down the crapper. If this is a major zombie group rolling through the suburb then we might need to reverse our strategy of using Pegton as a home base and strafing Vinetown; if a huge zombie group like the RRF is rolling through Pegton then we would want to use Vinetown (in particular, the mall) as a home base and strafe Pegton (that is, make frequent runs over the border to help reclaim buildings.)
I mean it's still nowhere near as bad as needing to do that right away (after all, we still have multiple secure hospitals, police stations, and an NT) but that's a fallback plan to keep in mind in case things get really dicey.
-
Got the Zombie out of St. Matthews and barricaded back up to VSB.
-
We need reinforcements at St. Matt's. Between overcading and zombie break-ins, it's been abandoned due to instability. If we volunteered to protect the place, we need more bodies actually protecting it.
-
Okay, I finished off one zombie, killed another, and got one down to 30-some HP, but now I'm done to exactly one shotgun shell, no pistol ammo, and no FAKs. I'm in Siricius, so the FAKs aren't a problem, but I'm going to be using my axe until it gets stable enough to run off to Mitchem for more ammo. I could go to the PD, but it would take longer to load back up past what I can use in a day. 5 more zeds in Matthews, it's currently at QSB, lights out but not ransacked. Five or six survivors still in there, plenty of HP for now.
-
(http://img689.imageshack.us/img689/144/deadgy.jpg)
Oh, also, 13 zombies up outside the Rowcliffe Building too, just saw that as I moved to Somerville Blvd. That is a revive point, right?
-
Abandon shiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiip
-
Oh, also, 13 zombies up outside the Rowcliffe Building too, just saw that as I moved to Somerville Blvd. That is a revive point, right?
Sadly not, that's part of the horde of 20+ that's inside Rowcliffe now. There are survivors in there but they're all injured so anyone with FAKs would do well to get over there and cure some infections. Based on what people have been saying I think we can expect a drop in local survivors imminently, a lot seem to be planning on leaving to escape the onslaught, so it probably makes sense for us to start thinking about pulling down to Vinetown and trying to retake Pegton from there like Joe suggested. If we lose Rowcliffe (which seems likely) we're going to need a new Necrotech though, anyone know the status of the Maver building just over the border in Edgecombe? On the plus side, we're down to 3 zombies in St Matt's now.
-
Vinetown is alright apart from the mall.
-
If we lose Rowcliffe (which seems likely) we're going to need a new Necrotech though, anyone know the status of the Maver building just over the border in Edgecombe?
I'll go look right now, brb.
ADDITION: Maver is EHB and lit, considerably better than last time I dropped by; a couple weeks ago this corner of Pegton/Edgecombe was fighting for its life so I was doing revive runs out here to help.
This could make a good fallback position (there is an NT, hospital, and two PDs all right next door to each other) but we'd really need to make sure it stays secure. I'm a big fan of river tactics (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/River_tactics); temporarily evacuate wherever the zombies are, then just keep scouts monitoring the area so that we can move back in once the zombies get bored and leave. If there's nobody around to eat, they won't stick around either.
ADDITION2: I was up to 130 XP after a couple revives and a bunch of DNA scanning so either I could have kept waiting until I had 150 XP and gotten Advanced Shotgun Training or I could use the XP right away to purchase a less costly skill. I bought Headshot, and almost immediately after started wishing I had waited and gotten shotgun training. damn buyer's remorse
ADDITION3: For reference, Maver is no longer lit. Area still looks secure though, I'm guessing it was a GKer and not a zombie breakin.
-
5 zeds in st. Siricus. I'm hoping to survive till tomorrow, then I'm going to hit the road to Mitchem. Staying in The Rosser Museum, it's EHB and out of fuel, so probably not going to be hit first.
-
I am dead again. I keep managing this; I take little trips into dangerous places and hide in unbarricaded buildings.
-
Freerunning, and look for VSB entry points in your suburb on the wiki.
-
Did you know you get one XP for dumping a body out of a building? That seems pathetic and useless.
-
Ok, I'm dead inside Gelasius General Hospital in Vinetown - there is only so much barricading and zombie killing you can do before you run out of APs. Things look bad here, apparetnly there were 20ish zombies outside (someone said somthing like that). I'll wait to fill AP and get revived - where should I fall back then? How is the Mall doing?
-
The mall is ruined.
-
I got killed and dumped out of Gelasius in the night. Waiting at the Dinovan now, but I have a sneaking suspicion I may be here a while. Looks like someone managed to barricade up the hospital, but there's still a lot of zombies outside waiting for another chance.
-
I GOT ZOMBIFIED
TIME TO EAT SOME BITCHES
GRAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAGGHHHGH
-
oh man you guys check out the map on the wiki, this looks ominous:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Suburb
Especially considering that Ridleybank is listed as a ghost town, this may mean the RRF has decided to go on the march and what we're seeing is the start of them rolling through here.
I got killed and dumped out of Gelasius in the night. Waiting at the Dinovan now, but I have a sneaking suspicion I may be here a while. Looks like someone managed to barricade up the hospital, but there's still a lot of zombies outside waiting for another chance.
If you want a revive you could come to Oldidge Way in the SE corner of Edgecombe. That corner area where Edgecombe/Pegton/Vinetown intersect is where I'm holed up right now, and I have a ton of revive syringes stocked up.
-
Will do.
-
If I'm going to keep dying this often, I think I will try and get lurching gait next.
-
IT IS HELL GETTING PISTOL CLIPS. WE CANT GIVE UP PEGTON DAMN IT!
-
I think that the suburb map is exaggerated, there is no way that the whole upper right went from green and yellow to all red in a couple of days, I noticed the map looking odd shortly after thanksgiving.
That does give me an idea, though. If Pegton gets too hot, anyone for a SePo field trip to Ridleybank? We are exchange students, after all, let's study this rarely-accessible part of town. Bring spray cans.
Currently Cowing is wide open with 23 zombies inside, I almost killed one but having no ammo makes it difficult, the axe requires too much luck to actually kill something in a day. The building south of Cowing Way is secure, but needs healing if anyone has FAKs.
-
That does give me an idea, though. If Pegton gets too hot, anyone for a SePo field trip to Ridleybank? We are exchange students, after all, let's study this rarely-accessible part of town. Bring spray cans.
lol the sheer ballsy-ness of that idea attracts me. I can almost guarantee we'd all die on such a trip, but hey death in this game is temporary.
-
I am up for a trip to Ridleybank. I'm dead already so I can sneak along with the crowds for a while.
Maybe do some zk'ing on the way.
-
That does give me an idea, though. If Pegton gets too hot, anyone for a SePo field trip to Ridleybank? We are exchange students, after all, let's study this rarely-accessible part of town. Bring spray cans.
lol the sheer ballsy-ness of that idea attracts me. I can almost guarantee we'd all die on such a trip, but hey death in this game is temporary.
Spray cans, revivification syringes, toolkits, lurching gait, and ankle grab. Let's see how quickly we can get Ridleybank occupied by zombies again, same with the other banks next to it that are ghost towned. Not immediately, we should all try to go in the same day, so there are a bunch of us there at once.
-
I am very much up for this idea.
Of course, if the map isn't accurate for Pegton and the surrounding suburbs, it could be wrong about Ridleybank being a ghost town.
-
This could be a clever trap to lure unsuspecting survivors to their doom.
-
Lots of zombies looking to get into where you are, JHo. I'm waiting just north of you outside a warehouse, in need of revivification. Should I stay around or move to a cemetery?
-
I'm not worried. See this hand? Steady as a rock.
Go to Oldidge Way, a couple blocks west. Juggles is waiting there too, so I'll revive both of you at the same time tomorrow morning.
-
Wheeeeee. That would be cool.
I am totally down for Ridleybank. Give us a few days to stock up and that sounds like a plan. Serious Ponies Strike Team.
-
Should I stay around or move to a cemetery?
doh I wasn't thinking and just went out to revive Juggles without waiting for you first. It'll be at least 15 hours before I go back to Oldidge for more revives, but Maver is lit so there will probably be other people doing revives at Oldidge.
-
Actually I have some syringes, so I might as well pay it forward at Oldidge. Problem solved =)
-
I've lurched down to Oldidge Way too if anyone is still around with healing powers.
-
Thanks for the revive! Where's the next stop, JHo? Now that Pegton and Pitneybank are ransacked, I may as well stick with the main group until things calm down again.
-
I went down to the mall before checking if it was up. I'm now trapped outside, since stuff are ruined/EHB.
-
Ruined and EHB? There weren't any open ruins?
-
I've got one more syringe I'll use at Oldidge, but give it till the morning since I have exactly 10 AP right now.
-
Thanks for the revive! Where's the next stop, JHo? Now that Pegton and Pitneybank are ransacked, I may as well stick with the main group until things calm down again.
Well I'm sticking around the Edgecombe/Pegton/Vinetown intersection for now. It seems pretty secure so the main zombie thrust seems to have swept past it and we might be able to keep this area in survivor hands while we wait out the march. Also Nodaisho's idea of buzzing Ridleybank is pretty damn funny and here we'll be on the western edge of Pegton so we have a bit of a head-start in making the run to Ridleybank.
I'm not the boss of you though; this team has been operating just fine with everyone just making status reports/suggestions in this thread and then everyone decides for themselves what to do in response to those status reports and suggestions.
Ruined and EHB? There weren't any open ruins?
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Pinata
This is probably the most annoying things zombies can do. You can't walk in the front door because it's EH, and you can't freerun into the building because it's ruined. The only option at that point is to break down the barricades to get in, then clear out any zombies inside, and then repair the building.
-
Ridleybank sounds like fun since I'm just wandering around not really being able to do anything here.
-
Once I'm alive and restocked I'd be up for a Ridleybank raid too.
-
Hey, uhh anyone still in St. John's Cathedral in Vinetown--It's been breached, and pretty badly. About 21 zeds inside total. I'm getting the fuck out, everyone else who may be in there might want to do the same.
-
Ruined and EHB? There weren't any open ruins?
They were ruined, but whenever I tried to go from a ruined building to a barricaded one, it just pushed me into the street. Does that always happen, or is it just chance?
EDIT: haha, I've got 1 hp left and an infection.
-
Damn, hearing all the places around Pegton/Vinetown getting breached, I feel like I've been moving from place to place just ahead of the zombie horde.
Of course, if the laws of the universe hold true, by saying that out loud I'll probably be zombified before the next time I log on.
-
No I've not been in many breached buildings either (just one breach of the NT while I was in it, and that was fixed by the time I woke up.) Now that isn't to say buildings aren't being breached (I am after all avoiding danger spots people are announcing like St. Matthew's being under siege) but the fact that it's still not that hard to stay safe tells me that Pegton is nowhere near as dangerous as people are freaking out about.
These other survivors freaking out really need their expectations adjusted. Back when I played with my old character, we wouldn't abandon a suburb until all of the resource buildings and half of the other buildings were infested. It was only then, when you were pretty much assured of of dying in your sleep no matter where you were, that we'd be like "nope this is too dangerous, laters!"
-
I've had a ton of problems with Urban Dead not showing my to hit values correctly with my zombie character. Things like just not acknolwedgeing I have the bonus skills to hit. It's nmore than a little irritating and it concerns me slightly that it's not using the proper math. This is especially worrying when I use 35 AP to cause one collapse on a barricade. Is this a known issue at all?
Edit: I'm in Oldige Way right next to The MAver Building in Edgecombe needing a revive. I'll start helping with the revives as soon as I get the chance.
-
I am wandering up to Ridleybank as a Zombie, taking a few swipes at random other Z's on the way so I can give you a report when I get there if nobody is there before me. Right now I am in Peppardville and I would say that every area is definitely Red surrounding Pegton to the North or West.
Also, several large Zombie groups seem to be teaming up to roll through the North and East of the city so I'm not sure what to make of it. Included in these groups are: Dual Nature, RRF and Feral Undead.
-
I think that the suburb map is exaggerated, there is no way that the whole upper right went from green and yellow to all red in a couple of days, I noticed the map looking odd shortly after thanksgiving.
I noticed that too and commented about it, how it went from all green to all red basically overnight. That is quite unusual, but it is possible because I've seen it happen before if a big enough zombie horde is on the move (eg. I remember the Big Bash.) Probably the worst zombie incursion I've ever seen (and thus the most fun to recover from; sometimes survivors forget that we need zombies attacking us for this game to be fun!) was the time Lerwill Heights went from all buildings barricaded to everyone in the entire suburb eaten in a single night; when I went to bed everything was rosy, when I woke up it was Abyss.
man did I/we get lucky that time. I just happened to have been revived the day before and was lying down waiting for my AP to recharge when the zombies came, so I simply stayed down until they'd passed and then stood up.
boy was that a gutsy operation. Because there weren't any barricaded buildings for me to hide in after reviving others, my team and I came up with a daring plan where we all met up inside a building at a certain time, I revived as many people as I could before running out of AP, and then they immediately stood up and barricaded the building around me.
-
I'm doing what I can running FAK's between the Maver Building NT in Edgecomb and the hospital a few blocks south. It's an easy run but it looks like the building's just recovering from a breach so there's a lot of wounded in there. Plus it seems to be the first stop for anyone reviving nextdoor, so anyone who's still grinding xp may want to pick up that route. I'll try and get over to Oldidge and use up my last syringe later tonight.
-
I've lurched down to Oldidge Way too if anyone is still around with healing powers.
Sorry I skipped you right now, I only had enough AP to revive two people so I figured I'll revive other healers (nerdry and quatermass) and hopefully one of them can revive you.
-
I'll meet up with you guys in Edgecombe when I get more AP, I'm currently in Pegton with a hell of a lot of other zombies. Got decent zombie attacks now, too, had almost 300 XP when I died. If I remember my inventory right, I've still got a syringe, but no scanner to use it well.
-
Sorry I skipped you right now, I only had enough AP to revive two people so I figured I'll revive other healers (nerdry and quatermass) and hopefully one of them can revive you.
I luckily had one syringe on me, Mayer has quite a few zombies inside it and I needed to head to a hospital to cure my infection since I'd gone and run out of FAKs so I haven't been able to get more after I stood.
-
Maver NT is effectively gone, wide open with 20 zombies inside. There were a few humans standing and I'm on the ground, but I doubt they'll last long.
-
Last of the humans at Maver died. I guess I'll start shambling to a cemetery. Where's safe these days?
-
Oldidge is busy, but I think that is where we have been getting revived. I've got a syringe, so I can revive someone when I get revived. Sitting at Oldidge right now, queue of 12, who knows how many are rotters or spies trying to clog up the queue. At least we can recognize our own and specifically revive them.
-
I am in Ridleybank right now hiding out in St. Simon's Hospital. I would say that the area is semi-safe; outwardly it looks ransacked but there are some zombies hiding in resource buildings waiting to maul the unsuspecting and brave.
Just to point out, I am still a zombie myself so if you need me to I can spy out the buildings you are aiming at and let you know how safe they are.
-
I'm in Tynte mall in Pimbank, there's a load of people here. I'm probably going to head over to Ridleybank tomorrow, any plans for our little trip?
-
I'm currently in Ridleybank (went there because St. Siricius got hollowed out) and there aren't many zombies (at lest in the south half), but I'm one of them. I'm at the Hollbrook Motel, if you want revive exp.
-
Last of the humans at Maver died. I guess I'll start shambling to a cemetery. Where's safe these days?
Well I wasn't sleeping in Maver NT, I was next door, so I'm still standing. I see two options for me: either I revive the remaining Ponies at Oldidge and then wait until tomorrow to run northwest, or run northwest now and revive people after we regroup elsewhere. Personally I think option 2 sounds better since there is less worry of people dying again after being revived, but that does depend on how safe our regrouping location is. I still want to wait a few hours before doing anything (I'm at mid-30s AP right now) so let me know what we should do.
I'm in Tynte mall in Pimbank, there's a load of people here. I'm probably going to head over to Ridleybank tomorrow, any plans for our little trip?
Either way, what I'll do is head to Tynte Mall in Pimbank since ode says it's safe there. I say we regroup there to spend a little time scrounging for supplies (eg. spraycans) before heading into Ridleybank. But what do we do in Ridleybank anyway? Will we simply be spraying up taunting messages to piss off the zombies, or do we have some specific goal we want to try to achieve?
-
I think the best way to piss off the zombies, RRF in particular with it being their home turf, would be to barricade as many buildings as possible and leave some "Serious Ponies - Helping to keep Malton safe" tags or something similar on every building that we do barricade. That way the excursion at least serves some purpose.
-
That sounds like a good plan. In which case, we don't even need to be in Ridleybank itself. If the mall in Pimbank is safe, then we can simply make runs out to Ridleybank to barricade strafe.
Also, I just decided to revive people at Oldidge and make the run to Pimbank/Ridleybank tomorrow. I just used my remaining syringes on Suentobededgui, Juggles, and Rythmic; I really hope I don't come to regret using up my syringes.
I am still a zombie myself so if you need me to I can spy out the buildings you are aiming at and let you know how safe they are.
What would be great is if you could scout out which are the safest buildings on the eastern side of Ridleybank since we'll be approaching from that direction. I'm assuming every building is ruined and we'll need to repair before we can barricade, so tell us which buildings are empty and we'll start with those.
Oldidge is busy, but I think that is where we have been getting revived. I've got a syringe, so I can revive someone when I get revived. Sitting at Oldidge right now, queue of 12, who knows how many are rotters or spies trying to clog up the queue. At least we can recognize our own and specifically revive them.
Don't use your syringe when you stand up, I already revived all the Ponies at Oldidge so save your syringe for when we inevitably need it later. Just stay down until you have enough AP to run to Pimbank, and then rendezvous with ode in Tynte Mall.
-
The Marks Building at 71, 46 near Tynte Mall is intact but lacks a generator, so you can pick up syringes there but the search rates will be poor. I'm in the mall now, I'll stock up on some more stuff tomorrow and then I'll be ready to roll into Ridleybank.
-
Ok, I am camped in Eugene General Hospital one block from the eastern border of Ridleybank. In the local area there are 2 Hospitals, A Fire Station and a Police Station, all currently ruined that are candidates for barricading and tagging. The eastern side of Ridleybank is pretty much safe with only one or two zombies walking around.
Before you barricade Eugene could you let me know though so that I can get out? I don't really want to have to spend 10AP if someone were to kill me.
-
Am having trouble saving up AP because this dick (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1630539) keeps taking swipes at me even though we are both zombies so i'll do my best to help you but would appreciate it if someone could make a run to Eugene General Hospital and dispose of this guy.
-
I have a load of spray cans and a genny,
gonna get some FAKs then I'm good to move out in the morning. No FAKs ):
-
I've got a generator and two spray cans, kind of wishing I had saved some XP while I was dead for taking tagging. I'm going to go to a hospital tomorrow and get some FAKs, I have no left, as I found when I stood up infected. I'm fine now, but I only got one FAK since I wanted to make sure I made it to Tynte.
-
Ok, I'm thinking we head to Eugene hospital and the PD next to it first, barricade them, and set up generators.
-
i'm gonna join up with you guys in ridleybank. i've been hanging out by my lonesome in the south. I'm in tapton now and will head up north to meet you guys. that's me! (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1653353)
-
Due to an unexpected ruined building and my over-ambitious estimates, I made it into the mall in Pimbank with my last ap. I'm thinking I'm just going to stock up completely with FAK's, since I've managed to use up all of my syringes and ammo and I don't have tagging.
-
I'm dead outside St Silverius's Church in Eastern Ridleybank, if you'd bother to revive me on the way past? Or should I move directly back to a better revival spot further east?
Philip General Hospital is open for zombie activity!
AndI should move my zombie further west and/or south, since I'm in danger of getting too close to my survivor.
Tapton, perhaps? Anyone who wants to shamble along?
-
Don't forget guys we'll need toolboxes to fix ruined buildings in Ridleybank. And because those buildings have probably been ruined a long time, fixing them will be expensive (repairing ruined buildings costs more depending on how long they've been ruined;) it's even possible you'll go into negative AP if the buildings have been ruined long enough. We need to coordinate our timing; several people with toolboxes repair several buildings simultaneously and then right after the rest of us barricade those buildings, because we can't count on the people with toolboxes having any AP left after repairing the buildings.
I'm headed to Tynte Mall right now, unless I do something stupid I should be there momentarily.
I'm thinking I'm just going to stock up completely with FAK's, since I've managed to use up all of my syringes and ammo and I don't have tagging.
Forget FAKs, we won't be doing any healing in Ridleybank. Search the hardware store and try to find a toolbox.
EDIT: fuck I found a toolbox with my very first search in the hardware store, but I automatically discarded it too because I have toolboxes turned off in my settings. Don't make the same mistake I did, make sure you have toolboxes turned on! fuck, toolboxes barely ever come up in searches, I may end up blowing all of my AP looking for another toolbox tomorrow and only have a pile of flareguns to show for it.
I suppose the silver lining here is that I realized my mistake on my very first search. It would have been annoying to the point of snapping and PKing everyone in the building if I discarded a toolbox after 30 AP of searching.
-
I've got a toolbox, genny and fuel now so once my AP's back up I'm ready to hit Ridleybank. I'd like a spray can and to have more than one syringe really, but this mall isn't looking too secure. Normally the zombie numbers outside wouldn't be much cause for concern but we do have a large number of zombies on the move trashing stuff, there aren't that many survivors here and we've seen how their numbers can shoot up fast at the moment, so it might not be advisable to hang around here any longer than we have to.
I'm dead outside St Silverius's Church in Eastern Ridleybank, if you'd bother to revive me on the way past? Or should I move directly back to a better revival spot further east?
Philip General Hospital is open for zombie activity!
AndI should move my zombie further west and/or south, since I'm in danger of getting too close to my survivor.
Tapton, perhaps? Anyone who wants to shamble along?
You might want to head to a revive point. I've only got one syringe and I don't know if any of our other revivers have any left at all what with a lot of deaths and the Edgecombe Necrotech falling before we bugged out.
I'm up for shambling down to Tapton, I hadn't actually realised Galbraith Hills was next to Ridleybank until you said that. Shame really, I was feeling all successful after ruining that fire station.
-
My zombie (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1650149) is in Tapton already!
-
I've got a toolbox, genny and fuel now so once my AP's back up I'm ready to hit Ridleybank. I'd like a spray can and to have more than one syringe really, but this mall isn't looking too secure.
I see your point (and indeed we just had a zombie inside that's gone now) but we really have no choice but to wait. Most of the Ponies aren't here yet, and after they get here we still need to wait for them to recharge AP. I'm planning on spending tomorrow searching for a toolbox and maybe more spray cans (I only have one, although I did get Tagging so it should last a while) so you may as well spend tomorrow scrounging up spray cans because nobody else will be ready to go yet.
-
(and indeed we just had a zombie inside that's gone now)
That was me! I wasted all my ammo since I only have a 5% chance to hit with guns.
-
Wait, what is your character's name? I thought I have everyone in my contacts, but I must not have you since I only see Professor Quatermass here with me.
-
My main dude is in Edgecombe waiting to be revived. I've been a zombie for about three days now, all of the revive points I've tried haven't been successful. If anyone comes along to help me out, I'm up for an excursion to Ridleybank- I've got Construction and a tool box, plus I'm a pretty good shot when it comes to killing evil zombies.
-
Don't wait in Edgecombe, we're abandoning ship because it's gotten too dangerous. Refer to the map. (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Suburb)
-
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1650147
I'm in the top left area.
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1111454 this guy just destroyed the genny.
-
Is everyone scattered? I've been looking for a revive point South-West.
-
Well then where should I go for a revive, Mr. Joseph Hocking? Hmmm?
-
Is everyone scattered? I've been looking for a revive point South-West.
southwest what? Southwest Pegton? Southwest Malton? Southwest of the mall where we're congregating?
Well then where should I go for a revive, Mr. Joseph Hocking? Hmmm?
Look at the map and go someplace safer, it's not rocket-science. The map claims Crowbank is safer than Edgecombe, try there.
-
Or try Kemball Avenue, 71, 45 in Peppardville if you want to head up this way. The Necrotech one south of there was still standing yesterday, and since Joe's right and we will be around here for at least another day I might as well try and grab some more syringes seeing as we've got a couple of dead in our ranks (and let's face it, we'll have plenty more soon enough). Plus it's listed as an active RP so you might not have to wait for me to swing by.
My zombie (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1650149) is in Tapton already!
Whereabouts? I've got about enough AP to shuffle down there now.
-
South-west Malton; I'm currently in Scarletwood traveling west. All the cemeteries along the way were packed with 15+ zombies.
-
Or try Kemball Avenue, 71, 45 in Peppardville if you want to head up this way.
I'm there now. Revive plz?
-
Man, I FAKed a few people so I could pick up the Shopping skill, seeing as I'm staying near the Pimbank mall. Then I spent 45 action points to search the drugstore, and ended up with 2 more FAKs than I had when I started. Blah.
I have a toolbox and the Construction skill, so as to help repairing the ruins once we enter Ridleybank.
But I've only got one spray can, so I might spend tomorrow's AP looking for more.
Of course, we're also going to need generators and fuel cans. But I'm not sure how productive it'd be looking for those, what with how low the chance of finding them are.
Man, this game is so much fun.
Edit: According to the wiki maps, all the NT buildings within a fairly large radius are ruined. I'm thinking about working on repairing one tomorrow instead, so as we have a steady supply of syringes.
-
Which map are you getting that from?
I got a genny and fuel today without too much trouble. Search rates aren't too bad since you can get both from a factory, and it helps that there's one near the mall.
I'm there now. Revive plz?
I can't log on again until tomorrow, but I'll sort you out then (so long as I'm still standing).
-
I think in general we should all start checking in, do a roll call to figure out who all is around for our little operation, then plan out who does what where and when. Specifically, decide which buildings we want to target first (a hospital and NT sound good to me, and maybe a couple non-resource buildings too) and then we decide who's repairing and who's barricading, and then decide when we do this so that we can coordinate.
I'm in Tynte Mall and just found a toolbox (woo) so I could repair or cade, whichever we need more of.
Man, I FAKed a few people so I could pick up the Shopping skill, seeing as I'm staying near the Pimbank mall. Then I spent 45 action points to search the drugstore, and ended up with 2 more FAKs than I had when I started. Blah.
I think mall drugstores are only a good source of FAKs if you have Bargain Hunting, otherwise a hospital is better. And even then I'm not sure which resource is better, I haven't looked it up in a while.
Of course, we're also going to need generators and fuel cans. But I'm not sure how productive it'd be looking for those, what with how low the chance of finding them are.
I don't know if I'd call that an "of course." More like "they'd be nice but aren't the highest priority." As in, repairing and barricading as many buildings as we can is a higher priority than lighting any of them up. Installing generators is only important if we're gonna hold out there a long time, and I'm just not sure how long we'll have before the zombies return home. I mean, their original plan probably was to migrate for a couple weeks, possibly months, but when their spies tell them survivors are moving into their wake they may decide to cut their trip short.
y'know I didn't even think of it until just now, but if our little flipping-them-the-bird mission works out, this may be the best way we could help Pegton, getting the zombies to come back to Ridleybank rather than hang around our turf.
-
I've got a few toolkits, but no spraycans yet. Dumping all the portable gennies I find because they are so heavy.
-
repairing and barricading as many buildings as we can is a higher priority than lighting any of them up
Oh. I thought you needed lights in a building before you could start repairing it. Guess tomorrow will be a day of repairing, then. Yay!
-
Man a toolbox was one of the first things I ever picked up, while I was looking for fuel a while back. I just finished trying to find some more fuel since the Pimbank mall genny is out, but all the resource buildings in the area are unlit as far as I can tell so I wasted about 30 ap and didn't find anything =(
-
Oh. I thought you needed lights in a building before you could start repairing it. Guess tomorrow will be a day of repairing, then. Yay!
I dunno, do you need them lit up? I don't think so, but it's been a while since I repaired a ruined building. I think it's the other way around, you light up a building after repairing it and making it secure.
Also, I think we decided tomorrow is too soon (during the day anyway,) let's plan for the morning of the day after tomorrow to give people time to get here and rest up for all the work.
-
Yeah, if you try to repair a dark building it tells you that you can't because it's too dark.
-
well shit I didn't know that:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Ruin#Repairing_a_Ruin
Guess I better search for generators too. Fortunately everything we need is in one store; mall hardware stores have toolboxes, spray cans, fuel tanks, and portable generators.
EDIT: well well so now I have two generators but no fuel cans, that was fast. Guess we'll need to coordinate on that too, because I don't have anymore room for carrying anything else. I'll drop the gen, then Person #2 fuels it, then I'll repair the building, then Person #2 barricades. There, that's a plan.
-
Only banks, cinemas, clubs, and fort armouries go dark when ruined (I think), so probably not any of the buildings we'll be repairing. If we grab a resource building or two then lighting them up and trying to hold them for a bit would be fun though, and I rather like the idea of turning the lights on in Ridleybank. Feels like blowing a raspberry and shouting "come and have a go if you think you're hard enough" to the zombies.
-
Rollin in Pimbank and out of AP right now.
-
I'm in Crowbank at Bruton Lane or whatever it is, waiting for a revive. Hopefully someone can get to me soon.
-
I have four spray cans and one can of fuel. i also have a toolbox and construction and can meet up with you guys, you're at the mall in pimbank, right? It'll be a long jaunt but I'm in the extreme NE corner of galbraith hills so not too far. or i can meet you in ridleybank at wherever we're gonna start fixin and 'cadin. i get done with work at 9ish central standard time so i always end up coming online around 9:30, 10:00 cst.
-
What I'm bringing to the party:
(http://img41.imageshack.us/img41/7178/97046187.jpg)
I figure the flare guns will be fun to taunt with.
-
Ok, the Station I was stationed in (heh) got broken into some time ago (like, two or three days ago), so I went (shambled) to Ridleybank to check out the situation, and there was at least one zombie outside of every building. The rotten brained thingies are organized! Well, I'm at the Bhore Monument right now, as a zombie (near the Mall), when someone revives me, I'll come with you to the Ridleybank. I'm doing well not being the cannon fodder all the time, but well, sometimes I screw up. I just need to finish restocking the ammo.
-
Well, I'm on a lot throughout the day and I want to be of use in the Great Riddley Run. But I just spent 27ap at the lit auto shop above the Pimbank mall and found NOTHING. So, uh, screw you too RNG.
-
Zombie in the mall!
I just upped the barricades but I don't have any more AP to attack it, hopefully someone else kills it quick before it does any damage
-
Found a couple of fuel cans, but no generators. Darn.
-
There's a lot of zombies outside the mall.
-
I am outside Eugene General Hospital right now and in the 9 squares i can see there are 2 zombies (1 is me). This area encompasses 2 Hospitals, a Fire Station and a Police Station so anybody who wants to make a run to barricade some buildings and piss off some zombies, now would be a good time.
-
alright well for the sake of making a plan here's a suggestion; pipe up to either say this works for you or if you have some specific disagreement to voice.
Tomorrow morning we run to Ridleybank, to the hospital and other buildings pied_piper identified. Several of us (listed below) will repair the buildings, and then right after that everyone else barricade those buildings. For repair duty I suggest myself, pack of wolves, and melodic.
pied_piper, can you check if those buildings have zombies inside? If possible we want to target buildings that are empty, so that we don't have to spend AP taking out the trash.
I have four spray cans and one can of fuel. i also have a toolbox and construction and can meet up with you guys, you're at the mall in pimbank, right? It'll be a long jaunt but I'm in the extreme NE corner of galbraith hills so not too far. or i can meet you in ridleybank at wherever we're gonna start fixin and 'cadin. i get done with work at 9ish central standard time so i always end up coming online around 9:30, 10:00 cst.
I don't think we should wait for you. Instead, after we take a few buildings we'll post which ones and then you can come help us maintain the barricades.
Found a couple of fuel cans, but no generators. Darn.
no no that is good, I have two generators but no fuel cans, you can fuel my generators.*
*kinky!
-
Yeah, I have an unfuelled genny, if you know what I mean.
I'm down with that plan, although I don't know what time you mean by morning and I'll be at work from 11:30am-3:30pm.
-
Jhocking, when I was in Ridleybank, all of the buildings I've entered had no zombies inside (but 1 or 2-3 outside), I think they are there on guard duty. I'd like to join you (I have some ammo and just a few of the FAKs, but I can pick them up on the way), but I have to wait to be revived first.
So, I'm currently at Bhore monument (there are 29 more zombies here...damn), but I can move somewhere else, if someone is willing to revive me.
Also - when tomorrow? (in how many hours? I'm from Europe, so I'm not up to date)
-
Since I'm still zombiefied, I spied a bit. I'm at Selwyn Boulevard for at least 5 hours and would be happy about a revive.
Empty:
St. George's Hospital
Margaret General Hospital (1 zed outside)
Not:
Blackmore Building (5 zeds)
Adalbert General Hospital (1 zed)
-
Looking at the wikipedia page on items (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Useful_Items), it says if you try to write profanity using a spray can, it'll just fizzle out and you'll waste it.
So starting with no profanity and going off from there, what sort of graffiti should we do?
-
leave some "Serious Ponies - Helping to keep Malton safe" tags or something similar
My zombie (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1650149) is in Tapton already!
Whereabouts? I've got about enough AP to shuffle down there now.
Bottom-right corner I think.
-
Blomfield Grove Police Department - Empty
Adalbert General Hospital - 1 zed
Eugene General Hospital - Unknown (Doors secured)
Acreman Road Fire Station - Unknown (Doors secured)
All other buildings in the area are not resource buildings.
-
alright well for the sake of making a plan here's a suggestion; pipe up to either say this works for you or if you have some specific disagreement to voice.
Tomorrow morning we run to Ridleybank, to the hospital and other buildings pied_piper identified. Several of us (listed below) will repair the buildings, and then right after that everyone else barricade those buildings. For repair duty I suggest myself, pack of wolves, and melodic.
Sounds good to me, although it might be an idea to be more specific than just tomorrow morning since we'll be totally exposed after repairing the buildings. Also, US is about 7 hours behind the UK right? So morning for you would be afternoon for us.
-
Oh absolutely I'd want a more specific time, hopefully we can all be online at the same time. I was just hoping for responses like ode (incidentally, I have pretty much the same work schedule tomorrow, central time)
-
I leave for work at 1:15PM/PST tomorrow. Any time before then I can help out!
-
I have decided to just shamble up to Ridleybank, one of you cats can give me a revive when the party rolls in. Sound good?
-
crap a few zombies are in the mall. Should I wait hoping other people in the mall take care of them, or should I move to another secure building nearby? If the latter, which building should I target?
also, this pker is in the mall:
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1111454
-
I got bored of waiting, so I went to Pegton - almost every building I passed on the way to there was ruined + zombie guard.
-
*Sigh* Yet again I've completely failed to find anything useful. However, I can barricade like a madman. I think I'm the only one here on the US west coast, but I spend too much time online anyways so I'll probably be on whenever you guys want this to go down.
-
More zombies are inside now, I think I better move to a safer building next door. Everyone in Tynte Mall you might want to move too, you shouldn't be doing any more searching for items anyway, just resting for our big day tomorrow.
also, I just noticed this survivor in the mall with us:
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1317121
classy
ADDITION: The factory two south of the mall is EH.
-
Real Name: Nekkid V. Jayjay.
-
Well we're still waiting for people to call roll, but we need to decide on a time. The most convenient time for me would be 9am Central Time, but obviously I have no idea if that time is good for other people. We don't need to pick a time for everyone as long as maybe half a dozen of us can be online at the same time; we only need a big group coordinating to first repair/barricade a few buildings to give the team a foothold, and then other people can join us later to maintain that foothold.
Here's a time zone converter you can use (first result on google) -
http://www.timezoneconverter.com/cgi-bin/tzc.tzc
You can set the "to" timezone to America/Chicago for Central Time.
-
That'd be 3pm UK time, which is fine for me. Then again any time is good for me since I'm stuck in the house pretty much all day.
-
oh yeah, also
Blomfield Grove Police Department - Empty
Eugene General Hospital - Unknown (Doors secured)
Acreman Road Fire Station - Unknown (Doors secured)
Everyone pick one of these buildings to target tomorrow. We want to make sure to have one person repairing and one person barricading each of these three buildings. Also, since we're not sure the buildings are empty, pick alternate targets in case there's a zombie inside preventing repair.
I'm gonna aim for Eugene General, to repair. Plan B is Boniface Library.
-
I intend to join as soon as I get a revive in West Grayside.
-
Aiming for eugene, repairing anything else. Omega123 is a genny wrecking bastard,
-
I'll aim for Blomfield Grove PD, though I may be 2-3 hours behind you (7am is a bit early for me). If I'm the first there I can repair.
-
9am CST actually would work for me, i can wake up a bit early no problem. Since Blomfield is closest, I'll go that one too.
-
Guess I'll take Acreman then, so long as somebody can volunteer to barricade after me. If it's occupied then grabbing the Kenworthy Building would make sense, since then we can free run into the other buildings.
-
I guess I'll head over to Acreman with pack of wolves.
(I'm an hour ahead of central time, so 9 am would be okay.)
-
I won't be able to make 9, but I'll catch up a few hours post.
-
Standing as a zombie in NW Tynte Mall. If you can revive on the way out?
-
Didn't see this before I acted. Whoever goes by Pauly Dickgobbler is at 17 HP, cured your infection, I'm just north of Tynte at 0 AP after having to go to a neighboring suburb to find FAKs to cure myself and Pauly. I'll keep track of what happens and take a partial turn later in the day, maybe improve the barricades somewhere.
-
Thanks for the heal, I'm Pauly. I ran out of that mall and hid in the police station just down the way. Also thanks jhocking for the other heal.
-
9am CST actually would work for me, i can wake up a bit early no problem. Since Blomfield is closest, I'll go that one too.
Alright Blomfield PD will be Plan C for me, if I can't repair either Eugene Hospital or Boniface Library that's where I'll head. Just one more hour, sorry people this time is bad for, we'll report how things go so that you can join us later.
-
Okay kids, I am in Ridleybank awaiting your arrival. If someone could stop by St. Theodore's and give me a revive, I would be quite grateful. Then I can help out!
-
Actually could you wait at the carpark on the eastern edge of Ridleybank? That way it's right next to where we're heading, maybe someone can stick you while running past.
-
Real time update: No change on the status of any of the buildings, good to go whenever.
-
Can do, Mr. Hocking. Heading over there now.
EDIT: In the carpark. A revive and then a FAK or two would be lovely if anyone is available.
-
checking in and on my way! I'm there! repairing the building damage will take 26 ap holy crap!
-
Eugene Hospital is now EH, that was waaay easier than I expected, sweet! I also dropped a generator, but I have no fuel.
repairing the building damage will take 26 ap holy crap
Actually that is not nearly as bad as I was fearing, the reason I felt coordinating a time for people to repair and barricade at the same time was because I was afraid there are buildings that have been ruined so long you'll go into negative AP repairing them.
-
Don't forget the Serious Ponies tags!
Also, I am going to shamble into Pimbank to see if I can get a revive.
-
oh right yeah the graffiti, I forgot! I'll do that outside the hospital in a few hours if nobody else does it first.
If you can get a revive then more power to you, but would you be willing to stay a zombie to be our eyes on the ground? We could use somebody scouting around outside to tell us what the zombies are doing, and let's face it your not likely to get lucky with a revive around here.
-
I think I'm still alone in here.
-
Do you have a toolbox? Looks like the only other person who announced Blomfield won't be in the first wave of Ponies, if you can repair it and barricade a little then do that, otherwise you can join me in Eugene for now.
-
I just noticed that yeah, and I'm dumb and didn't properly calculate things because I am DUMB so I don't have the ap to do that, though i will in a bit. apparently refreshing the page takes up ap too. I fueled your generator though. I guess I'll come back in 2-3 hours, I only woke up to do this then back to bed.
-
I'm at 17 right now oooooooooooooops
-
ah well whatever. I accomplished more today than I was expecting, I'm happy.
apparently refreshing the page takes up ap too. I fueled your generator though. I guess I'll come back in 2-3 hours, I only woke up to do this then back to bed.
Refreshing the page doesn't take up AP if you are just looking at the map, but note that refreshing the page can repeat your last action (I do that by mistake a lot.) If you pay attention to the URL at the top of your browser, always delete anything after /map.cgi before refreshing, because that extra stuff at the end is how the browser tells the database what action to take.
-
Acreman is repaired, lit and at VSB. Only 25 AP to repair, way better than I was expecting.
-
I know, this is proving to be way easier than I expected. Now I feel sheepish for troubling everyone by coordinating a time and everything.
-
As long as you don't do anything to Glanvile Towers I can stay as a zombie for a while. After all, zombies need a place to hide from humans too. :-)
-
Just sprayed "Serious Ponies - Helping to keep Malton safe" on the outside of Eugene Hospital, whee!
Took a picture inside, forgot to get the graffiti outside to commemorate this:
(http://i4.photobucket.com/albums/y120/jhocking/ridleybank.png)
Acreman is repaired, lit and at VSB. Only 25 AP to repair, way better than I was expecting.
Someone top up his cades, we don't need to stick to the barricade plan when we're in the middle of the zombie homeland.
-
Deaded and wandering over to Eugene hospital for a revive.
-
Grab a screenshot of the graffiti outside because I forgot, then wait at the carpark with liz; standing in an open area is better than standing in front of a building.
I'm tempted to post that screenshot on the Ridleybank wiki page, but we don't want to stir up the hornet's nest quite yet.
-
Forgot to tag the outside of the building before I barricaded Acreman up to EHB. I guess I'll have to wait 'til a zombie knocks it back down some.
-
(http://img686.imageshack.us/img686/1418/2009120812602919841280x.png)
-
Ha ha great! We should also send our screenshots to the big survivor groups to ask for help, but again don't want to stir up a lot of attention until all the Ponies are here.
-
i went to the blomfield pd to see if it'd been repaired yet, and now there's a zombie inside.
-
Yeah just made it to Eugene with 11ap left. If someone can kill the zombie in Blomfield PD then I'd be happy to repair, I think it was around 26 to repair.
-
Man I don't want to be a zombie. I've been a zombie for about six days now and it's so incredibly boring. Also I've moved to Paisley Alley, one of the zombies in the carpark was attacking me.
-
Keep the barricade at EH guys! If Eugene falls, this could be a really short trip.
The latest status update on the Ridleybank wiki page is from today:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Ridleybank#December_8th
so tempted to add my screenshot to that entry, so tempted...
-
I have been trawling the RRF forum for a while and we seem to have avoided the ever-watchful eye of the DoHS so far. This bodes well if we can manage to get the little cluster of resource buildings back up and running.
-
I'm in the Glanvile Towers.
Undead undead.
-
I left the mall, and I'm now inside of Margaret General hospital in Ridleybank, dead and with a toolbox. If anyone can revive me, I'll get up tomorrow and fix it up.
I've also got a portable generator, but no fuel.
-
I have been trawling the RRF forum for a while
oo more great scouting.
An unaffiliated survivor has joined us in Eugene. startling! I did not expect to see anyone other than Ponies.
Just a little bit longer for us to get all regrouped here in Ridleybank, and then let's tell survivor groups like DEM that we'd appreciate the backup. Those groups will have so many spies watching their board that announcing ourselves to them is essentially the same thing as announcing ourselves to the zombies.
After the good luck I had barricading this building in the first place, I guess it's not really something I can complain about too much that I spent over a dozen AP trying to bring the barricades back up since they're down a touch to VH and not one success.
-
So, does anyone have experience with fiction writing? Someone needs to write up the report of the SePo field trip to the lost suburb of Ridleybank. It should at least go in our group wiki page.
I'm in Eugene now, barricades are at heavy. Would have given Llewelyn a revive but I don't have my syringe anymore, which is odd as I don't remember using it, must have run across a zombified pony and forgotten about it.
-
If you would have revived someone then you must have some AP you could spend barricading. hint hint hint oh god I can hear them clawing at the door
ADDITION: SePo sounds like the name of some exotic disease purified in a lab, I am going to keep referring to us as "the Ponies."
-
I spent all 10 of the ones I had to spare bringing the cades up by 2 or 3.
-
fuuuuuck we're gonna die
(we all knew this trip was a death-wish, but I kinda expected to last longer than one day.)
-
Don't worry, there aren't many outside at all.
-
Someone must've sounded the alarm to DoHS.
EDIT: We are not officially being recognised on the forum but they apparently have a busy IRC channel and the horde looks like it is heading home; now being in Huntley Heights rather than Spracklingbank.
-
Well shit if they know then we may as well tell DEM now. imma go post some
ADDITION: I just put my screenshot on the Ridleybank wiki page and I'm about to post a request for help on DEM's forum, so there's no turning back now.
ADDITION2: http://s1.zetaboards.com/brainstock/topic/2625655/1/
-
Just got back from my Statistics final (totally failed) and put those few hours of AP to good use barricading Eugene to VHB ^^
Addendum: If someone does decide to take the risk and clear the Z out of Blomfield PD, I'm still willing to use all the AP I have left to repair it
Addendum to the addendum: If you don't have the full amount of AP required to repair a building, can you still try and repair, say, half of it?
-
Addendum to the addendum: If you don't have the full amount of AP required to repair a building, can you still try and repair, say, half of it?
You go into negative AP. It's just like any other action that requires more than one AP (reviving for example.) If you don't have enough AP, then you still make the action but immediately pass out and won't wake up again until you've rested long enough to make up the difference.
-
Oh, cool. In that case, I'll volunteer to go negative to repair the PD if we decide to take it.
edit: You did it didn't you? I was just checking the wiki and saw the screenshot of the hospital. Trying to find any reactions on the RRF boards...
There's at least one post on the RRF boards from today complaining about our tags (by name) and lit buildings, they know we're at Eugene and Acreman Road. Here comes the hammer...
-
Acreman is still fine at EHB.
Just saw that post on RRF though. Anyone who survives the night gets a cookie.
-
There's at least one post on the RRF boards from today complaining about our tags (by name) and lit buildings, they know we're at Eugene and Acreman Road. Here comes the hammer...
I see it, it must've been posted literally seconds after I opened the page because it wasn't there before. So yeah, we've been found out and the horde is likely heading our way. Get ready folks.
Just as an aside: With us attacking from one side anybody in contact with a group to the west of Ridleybank could well let them know so that they can use this opportunity too?
-
Acreman is still fine at EHB.
Make sure to take a screenshot! We are tourists after all.
Two out of three ain't bad at all; with any plan like this there's always the possibility of total failure.
Just saw that post on RRF though. Anyone who survives the night gets a cookie.
Well it'll probably take them a little time to get back, so I figure that'll buy us some time.
Forgot to tag the outside of the building before I barricaded Acreman up to EHB. I guess I'll have to wait 'til a zombie knocks it back down some.
Take a screenshot indoors at least! whee
-
Got a shot of Acreman indoors. And although it'll take some time for the horde to get back there's enough zombies still in Ridleybank and few enough of us (we're only two strong in Acreman) that all of us could easily be chewed by morning. I mean, we are in Ridleybank here.
-
For anyone playing a zombie here are a couple of little .gif's you may like (stolen from the MOB forum)
(http://i199.photobucket.com/albums/aa219/livbarrob/getitoff.gif)
(http://i199.photobucket.com/albums/aa219/livbarrob/zombieeye.gif)
-
Woo picture wooooooo
(http://i824.photobucket.com/albums/zz170/SophusAnimo/Picture1.png)
-
*grabs picture*
yoink, adding to our wiki page!
-
Man, can anyone come revive me yet? Still hangin' out in Paisley Alley, I'm a good shot with both pistol and shotgun, I have Construction and a tool box, etc. I would be a good member of the team! I promise!
-
It looks like we might be out of syringes, sorry. I thought maybe someone else had one left, but everyone seems to be out. I know I had a bunch several days ago but I used the last few immediately before running to Tynte Mall.
I think your best bet at this point is to go to one of the green suburbs just to the southwest and get a revive there, and hope our little party isn't over by the time you get back.
-
If you can get to Lerwill, I have an alt that has necrotech and can hopefully get some syringes soon.
-
oo Lerwill Heights was my old stomping ground with my first character, is the Sebright Union still active there?
After our little adventure ends with all of our deaths I was gonna suggest going to Lerwill Heights to regroup but we shouldn't do that if you have an alt there already.
ADDITION: They are still active, I just went to their message board. It's funny seeing a lot of people I recognize! They probably all have like a bazillion XP, now I'm wondering if I should reactivate my old character...
Give the group some thought nodaisho:
http://molebank.proboards.com/index.cgi?board=surecruiting
-
I've been doing the dual nature thing with that character, I just haven't died recently and I keep getting combat revived when I do. I can move that character away easily, nothing holding it down.
-
I don't have enough AP to get to a green suburb. Damn you all for sucking at life and not being helpful. pffffffffffffft.
-
I thought I had a syringe, sorry. I still can't remember who I would have used it on.
-
(http://img.photobucket.com/albums/v116/BrittanyMarie/FieldTrip.png)
I took a picture outside of the pd. also is there a better way to leave other than hurting myself?
-
Step to a space that isn't a building.
-
Imma stay in Margaret general with my syringes and my toolbox. I could help if anyone has syringes left. ^^
-
I have some syringes, but I can't use them since I'm still a zombie. I'm at Eugene Hospital.
-
I don't know if these buildings just got retaken or if I was being dense and didn't notice before, but it's possible to free run from Acreman to a powered Necrotech 2 NE. I've now got 5 syringes but I'm at 10 AP, so if the dead can just hang on a little longer I'll get you up and about soon.
-
dude excellent find! I'm going now.
I have a screenshot of day 2 of our vigil but photobucket is down right now. We lasted a full day, woo! Eugene is EH, and now there are two non-descripts in here with us. so unexpected
EDIT: damn that NT is dark now, must've fallen after you were there. I'm gonna stick around here for a little while in case it gets resecured and I can search for syringes later.
The PD next door is lit though, so if anyone needs ammo there's that. There are a lot of survivors occupying buildings in this corner of Pimbank, looks like other people are having the same idea we had, move into Ridleybank because the zombies left it deserted. Note this news on Pimbank's page:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Pimbank#December_8th
We want to stay in Eugene and Acreman though; after all, those are the only lit buildings actually within Ridleybank, all these other ones you noticed are just nearby.
EDIT2: One of the guys in the building I'm in is named Fred Fredfredson, and his group is "the Fredfredsons." That appeals to me for some reason.
-
Ok, currently I'm outside of Eugene General, if someone can revive me? (or should I go somewhere else?)
-
Still in Ridleybank, heading to Lerwill for a revive, I guess.
-
Alright guys, with a night's worth of AP I managed to kill the zombie that was standing in Blomfield Grove PD and dump him outside. I'm going to repair the building, but it'll put me at -13 AP. If someone could please, please barricade around me quickly I would really appreciate it.
-
Still in Ridleybank, heading to Lerwill for a revive, I guess.
Lerwill? That's a hell of a trek. If you (and anyone else needing a revive) wait at the carpark at 59, 45, 1 E of Eugene, I should have enough AP to revive you all by tomorrow morning (so long as I don't need to use more re-cading Acreman). I've got 5 needles so I should be able to revive everyone who needs it one go, but you'll all need to be in one place because I won't have the AP to go wandering around Ridleybank looking for ponies.
-
On my way back then.
EDIT: someone randomly revived me, not great news since I didn't realise and now I have -7 ap.
-
People in Eugene Hospital, you are right next door, don't let your fellow Pony die:
Alright guys, with a night's worth of AP I managed to kill the zombie that was standing in Blomfield Grove PD and dump him outside. I'm going to repair the building, but it'll put me at -13 AP. If someone could please, please barricade around me quickly I would really appreciate it.
quoting for emphasis
-
I just woke up. It's at EHB now!
(http://img.photobucket.com/albums/v116/BrittanyMarie/BlomfieldEHB.png)
picture cuz why not?
-
awesome great job you guys!
Alright lets not nab anymore buildings. We're already undermanned with these three (I really really hope this NT gets secured again so I can search for syringes.)
-
Ok, I'm waiting at the carpark east of Eugene hospital, and when I'm revived I'll help out.
-
Man that is so not fair, I get told to GTFO for my revive and now people are waiting in Ridleybank again.
You are all turds.
-
geez liz you are you actually pissed off at us? Nobody had any syringes, you can't revive anyone without syringes! We had no way of knowing that pack of wolves would find a powered NT in just a few hours.
Besides, I told you to wait at the carpark, it's not our fault you got impatient and left. So sorry we weren't solely dedicated to reviving you as fast as possible.
-
Ok, I had to get a 2nd revive over the weekend, but I finally manage to get my way to ridleybank. I'm low as hell on resources right now so I'm gonna have to find a wai to get into the hospital to restock on FAKs, probably will finally put some XP into firearms skills as well.
I'm currently in The Merson Building.
-
Joe Hocking I'm always mad at you because you're old
Also, the inclusion of the word "turds" in my post was not enough to tip you off that it was a joke?
-
Just as an aside: With us attacking from one side anybody in contact with a group to the west of Ridleybank could well let them know so that they can use this opportunity too?
Well I made a post on the DEM forum, they are pretty much a city-wide group. If there's anyone else you think should be alerted, post the pictures from our wiki page (of course, the wiki seems to be down at the moment.)
-
Alright lets not nab anymore buildings. We're already undermanned with these three (I really really hope this NT gets secured again so I can search for syringes.)
Agreed. I thought it would be good to grab the PD since it's in contact with the hospital and a source of ammo. Plus more buildings, more targets, and if necessary we can decide to fall back to one or the other while DoHS wastes AP taking down an empty building.
-
I logged in to this message:
The lights went out in the Hind Building. (37 minutes ago)
dammit
(Hind is the NT)
-
We've got someone who appears to be a zombie spy here in Acreman: Asa1 (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=997255). Their only survivor skill is free running and they have Vigour Mortis and Death Grip... We've also got several wounded, so if anyone has FAKs to spare a healing run would probably be appreciated. On the plus side, not counting the zombie there's five of us here (including one non-pony) so numbers are alright.
-
A few of us are coming back to ridleybank, if people can revive us (if I'm deaded again soon, which is most likely) we can probably get the NT up too.
-
Well I made a post on the DEM forum, they are pretty much a city-wide group. If there's anyone else you think should be alerted, post the pictures from our wiki page (of course, the wiki seems to be down at the moment.)
Alerted the Cannonball Crew through their forum too so we'll see if they want to help out. Will maybe ask for some assistance from a couple of others if I can find a way to get in touch with them.
-
if anyone has FAKs to spare a healing run would probably be appreciated.
Scratch that, the wounded seem to have been sorted out.
-
We seem to be making some waves in the RRF. They have now started a thread about the humans taking over Pimbank and setting up residence in eastern Ridleybank.
-
Factory 2N 2W of the hospital is up and at VHB, one survivor other than me sleeping in it at 17 health after she repaired it. 2 bodies outside, and I'm in need of shotgun ammo. I didn't expect we would be able to hold anything at all so I only brought what my guns hold, and planned on doing more running than fighting. The PD also has some people at low health.
pied_piper: good. At the least, we'll give the rest of the survivors some room to breathe by bringing their wrath down on us.
-
We seem to be making some waves in the RRF. They have now started a thread about the humans taking over Pimbank and setting up residence in eastern Ridleybank.
Can you link that thread? I wanna see what kind of reaction we're getting.
-
http://barhah.com/viewtopic.php?f=105&t=15111&sid=c00efe717f383ab9752319c7e576dc8a
-
ah man that's it? I was hoping we'd be pissing some of them off.
We've got someone who appears to be a zombie spy here in Acreman: Asa1 (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=997255). Their only survivor skill is free running and they have Vigour Mortis and Death Grip
Good spot, but unless he GKs or something we don't give two shits about zombie spies. The main thing zombie spies can do is tell their buddies where the survivors are, and that information is kind of obvious in this situation.
-
There's been a mention in another thread in the DoHS section for a day with a lot more info. I wouldn't expect much more, it's not a massively active forum and any planning against us is unlikely to be public.
Since Asa1's got no offensive skills the chances of him managing to successfully GK are pretty much nil. I've tried doing it to teach survivors a lesson when they've combat revived my zombie character, and I've only managed it once or twice despite him having maxed out survivor combat skills and decent equipment. Those things are tougher than you'd think.
We should avoid wasting FAKs on them, and although they'll know where we are they can give out accurate info on numbers so the horde can hit our weakest point, but yeah they're not much threat.
-
I've made it over to Ridleybank and am currently resting in Eugene. I probably won't be able to do anything for 24 hrs though since I used up all of my allotted server use with my alts.
-
It's a fucker that, I've basically given up on my alts until we're out of Ridleybank.
The two ponies at the carpark are revived. If whoever it is that's inside and outside Glanville Towers (sorry, forgot to note who it was) could stay put I'll do you tomorrow, and the cades in Acreman need some rebuilding as they're at VHB now and I'm AP'd out.
-
a person called amanda huggenkiss is gonna repair the factory nw of blomfield and asked for help cading. i'm on my phone so didn't click on her name to see what group. i'm gonna stick to the SePo buildings
-
That's probably the wounded survivor nodaisho was talking about. You make a good call though, stick to our little cluster. More power to her and hopefully some of these unaffiliated survivors help her, but we really need to concentrate our attentions on the buildings we nabbed.
-
Wouldn't hurt to throw some FAKs her way and help with the cades if anyone's got spare AP though. Definitely not a priority, but the more buildings held the more the zombies have to trash and the more it'll annoy them.
-
I found this (http://www.barhah.com/viewtopic.php?f=134&t=14981) thread on the RRF forums to be much more interesting.
...oh wait that may be an old thread.
In any case oh hey I'm awake and in a barricaded building! Awesome I was afraid I might wake up dead =) I know we've all had trouble finding fuel, but a generator in the PD would 1)piss of more z's and 2)be a good source of ammo. Dunno if we'll need it but it's worth a shot.
-
So am I cool to head back up to Ridleybank if I am still in need of a revive? I can wait overnight to see if anyone gets me down here in Mockridge Heights, and if I'm not up by tomorrow morning I should have enough AP to make it most of the way back.
-
I have a generator I can drop in the PD tomorrow if it still needs one then, but for now I don't want to move from my post right next to the NT because I want to be ready to scrounge up a few syringes if it gets lit up again.
-
I'm planning on getting to the NT, if that sounds like a good idea?
-
Still got 2 fuel cans for any unlit buildings, but not sure quite yet what freerunning path to take to get from Acreman to Eugene, Blomfield, and all those other places. It seems like it's all ruins in between.
-
The two ponies at the carpark are revived. If whoever it is that's inside and outside Glanvile Towers (sorry, forgot to note who it was) could stay put I'll do you tomorrow, and the cades in Acreman need some rebuilding as they're at VHB now and I'm AP'd out.
If you could not revive me (K'Vat Hi'Lichut) that would be better as I am currently running around Ridleybank scouting out the resource buildings and as a zombie they seem to take me for granted. I am using Glanvile Towers as a base for now until we see whether these buildings are going to stay barricaded or not.
-
No problem.
Still got 2 fuel cans for any unlit buildings, but not sure quite yet what freerunning path to take to get from Acreman to Eugene, Blomfield, and all those other places. It seems like it's all ruins in between.
You can't freerun from Acreman into them, but remember you can freerun out of a ruined building. You'll lose a few hitpoints freerunning into a ruin and if you want to avoid that you can go from Snook into the carpark but if I was you I'd just take the hit, fall from Glanvile then enter and jump into Eugene.
So am I cool to head back up to Ridleybank if I am still in need of a revive? I can wait overnight to see if anyone gets me down here in Mockridge Heights, and if I'm not up by tomorrow morning I should have enough AP to make it most of the way back.
Yeah, I've got three syringes left and only one pony next door needing a revive. Since you've been shambling for ages I'll make sure to keep one back to get you breathing.
-
Should she head to the carpark or go into Glanville Towers so that you can get both of them at the same time?
EDIT: geez liz I just looked at your character's profile and realized you don't have lurching gait. no wonder it is so hard for you to get around, you'd think after dying 12 times you'd have picked up a couple zombie skills to save AP.
-
I'm planning on getting to the NT, if that sounds like a good idea?
GO GO GO!
I just brought Hind up to H barricades and dropped my gen (no fuel.) If it is lit when I've rested overnight then I can scrounge up a couple precious syringes.
sweet sweet nectar of life
EDIT: Incidentally, do make sure you go to Hind in Pimbank and not Blackmore in Ridleybank. Hind is just a couple blocks northeast of the buildings we secured.
-
I'm slowly making my way to Ridleybank. Will be joining you guys soon with 14 pistol clips. :-D
-
(http://4gifs.com/gallery/d/134192-1/Automatic_pistols.gif)
-
Liz, where in Mockridge are you? I ought to be able to make it to there and revive you by morning with my alt (that doesn't count as zerging, does it? 2 suburbs away), he's just barely in Shore Hills with a couple of syringes. Link your profile so I can get you on my list.
-
Being clawed by zombies, hiding in an unbarricaded building, dying from an infection.
):
-
please tell me you're not one of the people he just revived, if somebody he just revived is already dying that would be pretty frustrating
More generally, where are you? if you were just revived, then we want to know which building was broken into, and if you aren't in our cluster of security then then I can cross that off my list of worries.
-
I'm still on my way back to Ridleybank, currently in the pleasant locale of Barrville.
-
what in the hell, we are in the heart of zombie territory, desperate for syringes, and still there are idiots doing combat revives.
-
Dropped a generator in a factory (picked it up and was encumbered) and then the Bloomfield Grove PD. Only found fuel for the one in the factory (oops).
-
Thanks for the revive, pack of wolves!
I'm currently in Blomfield PD, resting. Somebody tell me what to do to help.
-
Right now we're just camping out and waiting for the hammer to drop I suppose. Stock up on whatever you need? I've been trying to secure fuel so we can light the PD and grab ammo.
-
ah man that's it? I was hoping we'd be pissing some of them off.
we could change our tagging strategy to something like "the rrf totally smells" or "more balls than brains so don't eat us--serious ponies"
-
Oh hey btw
(http://i650.photobucket.com/albums/uu230/SirJuggles/UrbanDeadRidleyRun1.jpg)
-
Liz, where in Mockridge are you? I ought to be able to make it to there and revive you by morning with my alt (that doesn't count as zerging, does it? 2 suburbs away), he's just barely in Shore Hills with a couple of syringes. Link your profile so I can get you on my list.
I'm at the cemetery by St. Gall's Church. This is me http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1627851
I'll be at work for a few hours, so if you can hit me up I'll hang around until after work, maybe after class as well. And Joe, the reason I don't have any zombie skills is because I always seem to die right after I've just purchased a new skill, so I'm generally pretty low on XP as a zombie. Oh well.
-
This place is starting to look like a normal suburb. Rather handy that people have taken Kenworthy and Bagley, so we can freerun from Acreman to the hospital and the PD now.
Huddahud's been revived, so I think that's all our local dead done for the time being.
-
yesssssssss! Hind is lit and I just found 2 syringes, too bad I didn't have AP to search longer.
I'm currently in Blomfield PD, resting. Somebody tell me what to do to help.
Patrol our buildings (Eugene, Acreman, Blomfield) and top off the barricades if you see them dropping. Feel free to search for FAKs and ammo while patrolling.
the reason I don't have any zombie skills is because I always seem to die right after I've just purchased a new skill, so I'm generally pretty low on XP as a zombie. Oh well.
Well if you keep purchasing new skills as soon as you have enough XP then logically you will never die with enough XP for a zombie skill. What you need to do is next time you earn 100XP don't spend it, and simply keep 100XP saved for next time you die. Obviously that advice is of little use to you right now, just keep it in mind for the future.
This place is starting to look like a normal suburb.
On the RRF board I realized they are referring to this big march as "Lurch for the Cure." Looks like they are so committed to following through with that plan that they are willing to let us just move into their home.
-
If you (and anyone else needing a revive) wait at the carpark at 59, 45, 1 E of Eugene, I should have enough AP to revive you all by tomorrow morning (so long as I don't need to use more re-cading Acreman).
I'm there now, if you are still available. Or anyone else for that matter.
-
There you go.
Bagley's about to go down, the survivor inside is down to about 29 HP and there's a zombie inside. Also doesn't appear to be anyone in Kenworthy and it's at VSB so that'll most likely be gone soon too. Shame, I'd kind of hoped there might be survivors holding the re-barricaded buildings but it looks like it's mostly cade strafing.
-
There you go.
Bagley's about to go down, the survivor inside is down to about 29 HP and there's a zombie inside.
Not anymore; reinforced cades, and someo ne removed that zed.
Anyone in need of revives?
-
Some dude just revived a rotter in Hind NT. The fact that he did a combat revive is made up for by the fact that how awesome is that
I now have 4 syringes. No AP to use any of them, but I can finally revive you liz if you're still a zombie tomorrow.
-
I'm going to give Nodaisho a chance to revive me where I am, but if I'm still zombie-d tomorrow morning, I should be able to make it back to Ridleybank. We shall see!
-
In the carpark, back at square one, would appreciate a revive!
-
Tomorrow I'll swing by the carpark with my sparkly new syringes.
-
Liz, someone got to you before I did, you've been revived.
-
Just added http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=495520 as a PKer
-
I just reached the Blomfield Grove Police Dept. Tomorrow I should be able to start helping clean the place up.
-
Fixed up Adalbert General, barricaded to VHB, and put a generator in there. No fuel, though. If someone has a spare fuel can, it's always good to give them more targets to hit at, and more hospitals for us to use.
-
Oh hey, if you're still in Adalbert, I've made it there but I'm infected and down to one HP. Got any FAKs to throw my way?
-
I just cured your infection.
Search for FAKs immediately, do not leave the hospital without finding some FAKs.
Always carry around at least one FAK and never use that last one. This is so that after you are revived you can always cure your own infection.
-
Yes, o wise one. Your words are like music to my ears.
-
We've got someone who appears to be a zombie spy here in Acreman: Asa1 (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=997255). Their only survivor skill is free running and they have Vigour Mortis and Death Grip...
I just remembered you had pointed out this person is probably a zombie spy. Her profile sure looks like it, but I think she just healed me (I closed my browser before the name registered, too late to double-check.) I don't know why someone would have those specific skills if they aren't a zombie spy, but spies don't normally heal people seizing their territory.
-
Reverse psychology used by the zombies.
-
It is possible they just decided to switch sides, or they're role playing as dual nature. Doesn't make much difference but I still say we err on the side of caution: no FAKs, no revives, don't talk in front of them. If they are a spy it's sensible not to waste resources on them, and if they're a survivor we're probably still doing them a favour by ignoring them which might encourage them to leave. After all, this is probably the suburb where people are least likely to trust someone with that skill set and plenty will just PK them, and given their lack of survivor skills they can't be any practical help to us except as fang fodder so there's no benefit to us in not treating them like a spy.
-
A good day it was, many Aldaberts refueled and many Lizes healed!
-
Just added http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=495520 as a PKer
To be fair, the dude has Brain Rot... is that maybe the guy who got combat revived in the NT earlier? Cuz that would be pretty amusing.
-
Put them up to VHB, but out of AP.
-
Well guys, I'm sorry but we'll have to rely on random players who turn up to aid us as I got a reply to my request for help and it wasn't good. Apparently the FPDF is in shambles and two other survivor groups are fighting an all-out war against each other rather than fighting the zombies.
-
Out of AP but finally safe!
-
So wait, are there any Ponies that need revived? You were the only one I knew about and I was planning to hit the carpark tomorrow; I won't bother going outside if there's no reason.
-
I saw a few bodies outside but I don't know if they want reviving or not.
-
8 outside the hospital now.
I revived someone that I had marked as pony, but I don't know who it was.
Maybe we should make a list of who's who?
-
8 outside the hospital now.
Damn, and one of them just busted in and took out the generator. Looks like they left for some reason after that because nobody was killed, but now the barricades are practically non-existent (I only had 3 AP with which to rebuild.)
-
Alright, My searching of the NT building has resulted in me actually finding 3 or 4 syringes after a couple days of rebarricading and searching so I'll be heading over for revives tomorrow. Which revive point are we focusing on at the moment?
-
We're not doing any revives I don't think; I scrounged up 4 syringes yesterday myself, but nobody is in immediate need of reviving so just hang on to them and help keep the barricades up in Ridleybank. Are you talking about Hind NT? Are you in Ridleybank with the rest of us?
update on Eugene: The barricades are back to EH and there's a generator (installed by amanda hugenkiss, brittany you were wondering whether or not to trust her) but no fuel.
Also, now the graffiti reads "Serious Ponies - curing the infection." Did one of you guys do that? Seems like a waste of a spraycan (or at any rate one spritz in the can) to overspray what I had written before.
-
Yeah, I'm hangin in the Turpin building right below the Hind, going back and forth for repairs and searching. Any hospitals nearby that I can get actually get into that you guys know of? I'm in desperate need of a FAK run if Revives aren't necesarry for the time being.
-
Well the three primary buildings that we are holding are Eugene Hospital, Acreman Fire Station, and Blomfield PD. These are all just over the border in Ridleybank; Acreman is just a couple blocks SW of you, and Eugene is only a couple blocks further. I'm in Eugene right now, it's secure but the genny isn't powered, you got any fuel?
-
Not a drop unfortunately. My only issue with Eugene as last I was in the area all the surrounding buildings were ruined and the hospital was EHB, so I had no access to it and not enough AP to try and fix up the buildings with the toolkit to get in.
I'll head over to Acreman to restock on FAKs later today or tomorrow. Several survivors around the Hind are in need of some serious healing.
-
You can freerun out of ruined buildings just not into them, so a building surrounded by ruins is really easy to access.
-
Yeah everyone, ruins make great entry points, that's why we don't need to stick to a barricade plan here in Ridleybank.
I'll head over to Acreman to restock on FAKs later today or tomorrow. Several survivors around the Hind are in need of some serious healing.
Be a good samaritan and help those guys. I think the rest of us have these buildings covered, and having Hind available for obtaining syringes was a huge boost.
ADDITION: Chuck Forrest just fueled our generator (I forgot which one of you that is, sorry) so now would be a good time to search for FAKs if you have the AP.
-
" * Dr draze healed you for 5 HP. (29 minutes ago)
* Dr draze punched you for 1 damage. (29 minutes ago)
* Dr draze healed you for 5 HP. (29 minutes ago)
* Dr draze said "im going to punch and heal you... do you mind if i do that?" (28 minutes ago)"
Hm. What should I respond to that?
-
You can freerun out of ruined buildings just not into them, so a building surrounded by ruins is really easy to access.
Oh, well then, I have no idea how I've missed that little detail this entire time.
But yeah, I'm definitely gonna be making my way back once I have some FAKs.
-
" * Dr draze healed you for 5 HP. (29 minutes ago)
* Dr draze punched you for 1 damage. (29 minutes ago)
* Dr draze healed you for 5 HP. (29 minutes ago)
* Dr draze said "im going to punch and heal you... do you mind if i do that?" (28 minutes ago)"
Hm. What should I respond to that?
Ah, XP farming. I'd tell them if they punch you again you'll hack off their head, but that practice always rubbed me up the wrong way. Up to you really.
-
Dude was doing the same to me, but I took off for the PD to find some ammo. I guess it's not really hurting anything but it is pretty goddamn annoying for some reason...
-
Mildly annoying, but more to the point a complete waste of AP when there are so many injured people around. Tell him to go to Parfit Towers or something and spend his AP on people who actually need healing.
-
I will, as soon as I rest. I was searching for some ammo, but found almost nothing.
-
I revived someone that I had marked as pony, but I don't know who it was.
It was me although I posted further up the page that it would be best if I wasn't revived due to scouting as a zombie.
May as well make the most of it until they kill me again.
-
Oh, sorry. It was just that "K'Vat Hi'Lichut" didn't really connect with your name.
-
Dammit, I hate it when I spend a bunch of AP trying to barricade something just one level higher.
-
Ok, there was a zombie in Eugene, I killed it and dumped it outside. Now I'm asleep, so can someone barricade it up a little bit? (and please tell me I haven't killed someone of the Ponies who was not on my list, it seems like a thing that could happen to me, knowing my luck).
-
Thanks for evicting the zombie, someone rebuilt the cades.
-
Okay, so this guy (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1214250) is in the factory with me. He's a brain rotted member of the RRF, and I was thinking; is it safe to leave them alive? He'd obviously been trying to GK because I had to repair it and, well, he's in the RRF and unlike that person I suspected to be a zombie spy they do have the survivor skills to kill people and trash generators if they want.
-
Seems like most of the non-Ponies in Eugene are potential zombie spies.
Well shit.
-
acreman was just with the doors secured, i got it up to vsb, but could someone bring it back up to ehb?
-
Okay, so this guy (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1214250) is in the factory with me. He's a brain rotted member of the RRF, and I was thinking; is it safe to leave them alive?
If he's RRF kill him. Announce why you're killing him so that witnesses don't think you are a PKer, but otherwise dump his ass outside.
Seems like most of the non-Ponies in Eugene are potential zombie spies.
Well shit.
I'm not in Eugene at the moment so I can't see who's in there, but while I was there a couple people who look like zombie spies healed me. That doesn't mean they aren't zombie spies, but it certainly reduces how much you have to worry about them doing any damage.
-
Acreman's been breached, three zombies inside and I'm now dead at the carpark if anyone has a syringe and some spare AP.
-
grrr grrrrrrr fucker infected me but i moved to eugene and fak'd myself.
-
Acreman's been breached, three zombies inside and I'm now dead at the carpark if anyone has a syringe and some spare AP.
I got several syringes but no AP, if you get revived post here right away so I'll know whether or not to get you later.
-
The Hind has been taken over as well and I'm down right outside of it with 7 other zombies. Not much around it otherwise and there's no zombies inside.
-
Asa1 (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=997255) is definitely a zed spy. The rest might be, might not.
At any rate, Eugene has become, from the looks of things, the epicenter of the RRF's return to the area. 'Cades fall every 3 or 4 hours, with about a dozen plus zombies just beyond the gate.
-
I'm now dead at the carpark if anyone has a syringe and some spare AP.
On your feet soldier.
I fear the end has finally come. It is as melodic says, zombies breaking in and being repelled several times over the course of one night. I don't know how long we can keep that up; if we could hold out for two more days, we'll have kept the lights on in Ridleybank for an entire week!
guys, should we all congregate in Blomfield to make a stand for as long as we can? I figure a PD makes the most sense for a lengthy siege, so that we can dig up more ammo while we're there.
ADDITION: Another zombie just broke into Eugene and I think he infected all of us (he bit me and infected me literally while I was curing someone else's infection.) I retreated to Blomfield; I'm planning to stay here to make a last stand, and anyone else who just got infected can come here too and I'll (eventually, currently out of AP) hit you with a FAK.
-
Thanks!
PD makes sense, although since we can't stop them getting in occasionally and spreading the infection we're going to need plenty of FAKs, so we should try and grab as many as we can before abandoning Eugene. Adalbert doesn't appear to be ruined yet either. I would like to make it to a week in Ridleybank.
-
I've been running around, fixing buildings that's ruined but just cost 2 or 3 AP to fix, and building them up to VSB++. I can get two a day, so it gives quite a lot of houses to jump to on the way out, if we need to run.
-
Eugene has fallen. Should I wait around for a revive or shuffle back to Pegton?
-
Blomfield was only loosely barricaded when I just logged in. I brought it back up to ehb but it's going down more quickly.
-
Eugene has fallen. Should I wait around for a revive or shuffle back to Pegton?
Come to Selwyn Boulevard, the open block right next to Blomfield. I have syringes so if I live long enough to get 10 more AP I'll revive you. And if we all die before then, well, it's not like we're in any hurry after that.
ADDITION: Two zombies just broke in and I used my AP firing as many times as I could with my pistol. I got him down to half HP, maybe that weakened him enough for someone else to finish him off before he kills me. I'm serious when I say Blomfield is my last stand, the zombie was literally clawing at me as I ran out of AP.
-
Alright, logged in with full AP built up (boy that is a nice feeling that I don't get when I check in ever 3-4 hours). Killed and dumped 2 zombies out of Blomfield PD, and barricaded up to QSB (which isn't much). I'm low on ammo so next log-in I'm gonna need to find some more pistol clips. Hold the line!
-
Blomfield's barricades fell again, I barricaded back up to VHB. Fortunately, the only zombie still inside is Huddahud, who I guess is a Pony?
-
Hey did they kill me? If you're passed out from no AP, can you still tell if you've been killed?
-
Blomfield's barricades fell again, I barricaded back up to VHB. Fortunately, the only zombie still inside is Huddahud, who I guess is a Pony?
BRAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAINS
-
Jho, what is your screen name? If you are slick donnie like I think you are, you are still alive.
Adalbert general is currently up, and I'm doing well on ammo for now, so I'm going to make a FAK run there.
-
If you are slick donnie like I think you are, you are still alive.
whew
BRAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAINS
crap
EDIT: It feels like a combat revive to stab a zombie inside a building, even though it wasn't.
-
Just revive Ozy, if he didn't want to be alive he wouldn't still be a pony.
Margaret General is up and lit, northwest of Adalbert (there are a lot of hospitals, huh?), get your FAKs there if you have any extra room.
-
Well shit. Looks like barricades are down again.
I don't have the AP to bring them back up to anything appreciable.
-
My philosophy is to fight for whatever side I'm on.
So it was a combat revive.
Just one that in this rare instance works.
-
3 inside, one at 10 health, most people in there are infected.
Ozy, if you are going to be dual nature, you shouldn't have the pony tag on while in an area we are working in, we'll think you are friendly and want a revive.
-
No I think this works. It lets you know I am a viable revive target.
-
Kind of a Blomfield status update: "You are inside Blomfield Grove Police Dept. The floor is flecked with fresh blood. The doors to the street have been left wide open. Also here are clark ashton (34HP), Hex Smith (56HP), Burgan (56HP), Christophe Kazoo (52HP), K'Vat Hi'Lichut (46HP), thelizparade (46HP), nannerjammers (46HP), Professor Quatermass (46HP), SirJuggles (46HP), Johnny Salami (56HP), Slick Donnie (56HP), Chuck Forrest (46HP) and Suentobe Dedgui (48HP).
A portable generator has been set up here. It is running low on fuel.
Somebody has spraypainted Serious Ponies - Keeping Malton safe onto a wall.
There are five other zombies here.
There are two dead bodies here. You recognise Huddahud."
-
Just revive Ozy
I almost forgot I can do that :P
Ozy, if you are going to be dual nature, you shouldn't have the pony tag on while in an area we are working in, we'll think you are friendly and want a revive.
I've been on teams with dual nature players before, this way we know who to revive in a crowd of attacking zombies. And it's not like his group affiliation makes any difference to me recognizing him; he's in my contacts and he's marked blue, it doesn't matter what his profile says.
There are five other zombies here.
ah crap and most of us have used up our AP repelling the last couple breakins. Looks like this is the end.
-
Also, outside are 9 or so zombies (I haven't checked in an hour, and now I'm revived - how ever short it may be).
-
cured my own infection and closed the doors, attacked a zombie with 8 of my ap and moved to adalbert with my last ap. hopefully that's still up...
-
Adalbert it EHB, I'm hanging out there as well. But I am worried about overnight when I am sleeping, if the zombies take care of the PD, they might come over to the hospital next.
-
If you've got 2 AP, you can get to margaret general, lit and EHB last I looked. We'll just have to try to take the PD back, priority 1 is to survive, at least enough to revive those that don't.
-
pssh speak for yourself
I'm serious when I say Blomfield is my last stand, the zombie was literally clawing at me as I ran out of AP.
My last act in this little struggle was reviving jordan, that took me into negative AP so it'll be several hours before I can even see if I'm still alive.
-
I had 2 AP after I said that, so I went to Adalbert and FAKed myself, I've got 50-some pistol shots and a toolkit, so if the zombies leave for the most part after they ruin the building, I can clear one or two out and rebuild. Anyone know the status of the NT just east of Ridleybank? We'll be needing more needles soon.
-
I spent my last AP FAK'ing a few of you. There's 6 zombies inside at last count with doors barely secured and I'm at half health, I'm guessing I'm next to go.
-
I'm dead. Where should we meet after we've been zombified?
-
Let's wait until everyone's confirmed dead before we plan our next move. There's still a slim possibility that we can keep the lights on another night.
-
I think we may have to end our holiday tomorrow. Zombies everywhere and not looking like backing off at all. I am currently in the factory with lights on and a decent barricade but there are zombies at the doors and I don't think we can hold them off.
It was nice while it lasted though. We got some decent pics and had some fun times, can't ask for more than that. Now off home to rebuild Pegton after the horde's destruction.
-
(http://img.photobucket.com/albums/v116/BrittanyMarie/eatingyou.png)
-
Damn, that's cold.
-
yeah Christophe Kazoo is pretty fucking dead. Hopefully we should have a plan of what to do soon?
-
Adalbert's still up if any of you are still alive?
-
Blomfield PD is officially gone. Though our tag is still up on the wall, which I think makes a nice counterpoint to all the bodies littering the floor.
-
If anyone's still standing with a syringe, I'm dead at Selwyn Boulevard.
-
the rrf will be eating you now
ha I'm imagining this as a scene in a horror movie where everyone is on edge already and then someone screams and points at the wall and then everyone loses their shit
Blomfield PD is officially gone. Though our tag is still up on the wall, which I think makes a nice counterpoint to all the bodies littering the floor.
For reference on just how gone he means, there are 14 zombies in here right now.
Apparently I was the last one the zombies killed, because I just logged in to an incredibly long list of carnage, watching everyone else be killed or dragged out into the street. I guess I'll head to Selwyn too, but I'm mostly just waiting for everyone else to be confirmed dead before we plan our next move.
ADDITION: I just noticed liz was outside at 4 HP. Apparently the zombies had dragged her outside, so that probably means everyone else in Adalbert is dead.
I finished her off because I figured she'd rather I get the XP than some RRF member I'm a goddamn zombie now.
-
I went back to Pegton, it seems pretty safe.
-
couple questions:
Are you dead or alive?
By "safe," do you mean it's a ghost town ripe for reclaiming, or that other survivors have already rebuilt the area?
With the last question what I'm particularly getting at is, should we look for revives before going back to Pegton, or is the NT running there?
-
Yeah, I got zombied last night. Is anyone still in Ridleybank with syringes? I'll hang out in the carpark for a bit if anyone can stop by.
Oh, and I bought my first zombie skill! I can now walk as fast as a living dude, so that is cool.
-
I'm a zombie, and I decided to roll back into Pegton this morning. Everything seemed okay, buildings were lit and things looked fine, but now everything is ruined.
-
Well like I said, the key is can we get revived in Pegton? Our plan at this point mainly rests on that; either we go somewhere to get revived and then return to Pegton, or we return to Pegton to get revived. Which would you recommend?
-
Does anyone have a second character they could do the the first revive with? If so, we could form a chain with that and just start off fresh in Pegton.
-
I'd say we shamble back to pegton, I'm dead too now, and I don't think we have a chance of keeping this place intact.
-
Nobody is saying we have a chance to keep Ridleybank intact, we're just deciding where to retreat to.
-
Pegton status report:
Rowcliffe - ruined
Cowing Way PD - HB
St. Matt's - VSB
St. Siricius - ruined
St. Elizabeth - ruined
Dinham Alley PD - ruined
Tilly Row PD - ruined
So probably no revive here. I'm heading to Mockridge Heights.
-
revive and back to pegton?
-
Man, I am 4 exp away from getting Lurching Gait. Does smashing barricades and ruining buildings get you experience?
-
I think so, but if you don't have any zombie skills then smashing barricades will be very difficult. Just like a survivor trying to attack anything without attack skills.
If you just need 4 XP then I would go for it, but don't be surprised if it takes you a dozen swings before you hit.
revive and back to pegton?
okay so that's the plan everyone, disperse to revive points/cemeteries in safe suburbs and then after getting revived go to St. Matt's to regroup.
-
I have 2 syringes but I just logged in to the EHB factory i was in being ransacked and me being dragged into the street and killed. :|
Ho hum.
So yeah, i'll be shambling back to Pegton now and if I manage to get a revive I will rest up some AP and revive a couple more people.
EDIT: I am waiting at Digby Walk in Edgecombe which is apparently a revive point so I'll probably rest there for a little while then have a look around Pegton and let people know when i'll be able to start reviving again.
-
I've got one guy ready to stand up as a survivor in Tapton, if anyone needs a revive near there. I'll have suentobe walk back to pegton, does anyone know if we at least pulled some of the heat off there?
-
I just got revived at Clearey Drive in the west of Galbraith Hills. I decided to head away from Pegton for safer suburbs to increase the chance of finding an active RP, looks like it paid off. I'll probably head to the Necrotech nearby to scrounge up syringes tomorrow but it'll be at least another full day after that before I can get back to Pegton.
-
So I decided to forego waiting for a revive and instead trotted off back to Somerville Boulevard in Pegton. It is not exactly what I would call safe with 15 zombies either waiting to be revived or waiting to ambush others (there are a couple of RRF zeds here) and there are an extra 10 outside of Cowing Way PD. NT building is lights out, doors open and I can't see a single lit building in the area around the 2 hospitals where we have been congregating.
My recommendation is to make your way to a safe area, stock up and come back ready for another battle. If the zombies are dispersed by then at least you will have some spare tools and ammo for any other strikes they may make.
-
All that red to the east made me awfully nervous, so I lumbered over to Barrville and was quickly revived. I'm hanging out alone in a powerd EHB hospital over here and restocking.
-
graaagh zombie boxing
-
Alright, I got a revive in Galbraith Hills as well, I'm sleeping in a PD right now, gonna load up on as much ammo as I can and head back to Pegton at some point. Who's with me?
-
So I got dezombified and because of my infection directly after my revive, I got dragged out onto the street again.
:cry:
-
you guys
Search for FAKs immediately, do not leave the hospital without finding some FAKs.
Always carry around at least one FAK and never use that last one. This is so that after you are revived you can always cure your own infection.
This is standard advice for everyone. Always ALWAYS carry around at least one FAK, for curing your own infection. If you ever use that last FAK (to cure your own infection) then immediately go to a hospital to find a new one. Finding a FAK if you used your emergency one is your number one priority.
Similarly, if you do not currently have a FAK and are a zombie then immediately after you are revived your number one priority is finding a hospital to search for a FAK. Take advantage of your zombified state by wandering around the streets to find a hospital, then remember where it is so that you can go straight there after being revived.
-
If you don't do that while zombified, when you have been revived, before standing up, look on the wiki map for a hospital. This works best when the zombies aren't all over the place.
-
graaagh zombie boxing
jerk. fought you back! only twice. not sure if we're gonna get a revive with 15 zombies, i've been there over 24 hours and no poke.
-
So apparently a single zombie brought my barricades down and killed me =( Now I gotta wait for some AP to find another revive in Barrville.
-
I'm still carrying syringes, so if someone can pop by summerville and revive me, I'll get the two others here tomorrow. If anyone is in range, that is.
-
So I thought i'd run to a safe area to get a revive as there don't seem to be many to go around in Pegton but apparently everybody else has gone to Mockridge Heights too.
-
I'm in Brooksville.
-
If you don't do that while zombified, when you have been revived, before standing up, look on the wiki map for a hospital. This works best when the zombies aren't all over the place.
Right, and ideally you'd combine both our bits of advice. So while a zombie, rather than burn AP wandering aimlessly, check the map for hospitals near your revive point and shamble there to check if the lights are on.
ADDITION: The cemetery in the southeast corner of Shore Hills looks like a good spot if you guys aren't sure where to go. Just a couple blocks north of that is a powered hospital, and a couple more blocks north is a powered NT.
-
The hospital I'm in doesn't look that secure so I'll need to leave soon anyway, so I'm thinking if I survive the night I might as well get started in Pegton. So does anyone who's in Pegton know of a good place for me to hold up in? Doesn't have to be barricaded and it'd even be alright to fix up a recent ruin (preferably not though), but I won't be able to clear out any zombies. I'm too low on ammo and I've got to travel from west Edgecombe anyway.
-
I plan to fill up on FAKs and syringes (I consider a full load 20 and 10, respectively) before heading back to Pegton, so it'll take me a few days to restock.
-
ADDITION: The cemetery in the southeast corner of Shore Hills looks like a good spot if you guys aren't sure where to go. Just a couple blocks north of that is a powered hospital, and a couple more blocks north is a powered NT.
The one in Mockridge HEights works too, I've been revived.
-
Looks like Gilling Crescent in Barrville is being tended to, but the last guy who came through DNA tagged me then announced he was out of syringes. Hopefully next reviver will stick me.
-
I got revived on summerville boulevard, so I'm alive in EHB ST. Mathews. We're kind of desperate for fuel, though, to get up search rates. Can anyone bring some? And we should check on clearing out the closest PD to get ammo.
-
I've got a fuel can, but I won't be there for at least three days.
-
My Pegton character just got zombie'd again, so I have to wait for revive #2 now. Dammit.
Also, my other dude just got dead killed by this cat http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=549098 so watch out for him.
-
I'm in Brooksville, stocking up on FAKs
-
Ok, my current inventory is:
4 pistols (loaded), 4 shotguns (not loaded), 6 srynges (I'm not sure can I use them - what skill do I have to have?), 12 FAKs.
And I'm fully encumbered. So - should I drop some of the shotguns to get more inventory space, or should I head for Pegton, use some of the FAKs on the way, and stock up on shotgun ammo?
4 pistol/shotgun solution seems like an overkill (heh heh) to me, but I read and found in practice that multiple guns are handier for combat.
I don't know. I'm torn between medic and gun nut role. Any advice?
-
You'll need lab experience to use syringes, it's a really useful skill particularly at the moment so keep those syringes and buy it as soon as you can. If you want ammo for the shotguns drop one while you're searching for it. Multiple guns are great in combat because you don't waste AP reloading but shotguns are pretty heavy, the search rates for ammo aren't brilliant so it's going to take you some time to find eight shells and they're useless if they aren't loaded. Being equipped to heal, revive and kill is sensible at the moment so don't just use up those FAKs, head to Pegton and you'll find plenty of opportunities to make use of them.
-
The second time I was killed in a cemetery. What the fuck?
-
Being equipped to heal, revive and kill is sensible at the moment so don't just use up those FAKs, head to Pegton and you'll find plenty of opportunities to make use of them.
Thanks for the advice, I'll get rid of two shotguns, for start.
For the FAKs - I meant to use them on people, I just haven't made myself too clear :)
-
Do note that shotgun ammo in the shotgun doesn't take up any weight, just loose ammo does. For now, that isn't useful, but once you have some, it's good to remember that reloading can help your encumbrance.
-
Yeah, I've noticed - I've been revived, and now I'm in a hospital, but I plan to go to some Police Station on the way to Pegton.
-
I'm back hanging out at Somerville Blvd, zombiefied.
-
Once I'm fully stocked I'm gonna run to St. Matthew's in Pegton, and then I'll be able to revive a whole bunch of people at the cemetery. Just a couple more days.
-
Revived, restocked with FAKs, and holed up in Shore Hills. Gonna make a run for Pegton soon as I get the AP.
-
Where are you at? I'm in the junkyard on the eastern edge of Shore Hills, maybe we should try to coordinate our runs back to Pegton.
-
the hospital is now fuelled, and there's a lot of repaired and VSB buildings to the south of it, and 8 zeds outside.
We need that PD, though. I haven't been able to check up on it yet.
-
There's one zombie inside and two outside the PD, there's one inside the Necrotech as well. Clearing a single zombie wouldn't be too hard even with low ammo, the problem would be having enough AP left for repairing and cading the building afterward. A barricaded PD is going to pull some zombie attention fast. We can do it if we coordinate though.
-
Dinham Alley Police Department had no zeds, as I said in the hospital. Gonna go fix and cade in about 20 hours.
-
Where are you at? I'm in the junkyard on the eastern edge of Shore Hills, maybe we should try to coordinate our runs back to Pegton.
I'm in James General Hospital, should be south of where you are. I'm now back up to 40 AP, and I've got a butt-ton (standard butt-ton, not a metric butt-ton) of FAKs for the journey.
Edit: Oh hey look, you are actually right there next to me. Yaaaaaay
-
Well if you want to wait I'm basically out of AP right now and will need to wait a full 24 hours before I run to Pegton. It doesn't sound like waiting for me is necessary though; snalin and wolves are already in Pegton, so you should probably go rendezvous with them. When I do run to Pegton I'll be headed to St. Matthew's.
-
I'm in Anne General Hospital, Mockridge Heights, need healing of infection. Wasted around 15AP failing to find a FAK so help would be appreciated. Have repaired the building and barricaded a little.
-
EDIT: Oh wait I just saw that you repaired the hospital, so there's nobody else there. That's right on the north edge of Mockridge Heights on the way to Pegton for both gravitas and I, so if he doesn't get you first I can swing by in a couple hours to heal you.
-
Shit son, you was almost dead. Healed you up, and barricaded the hospital up to VHB++ (there are 3 zombies outside right now, if I remember right). Figure I might as well hang with you while we get some AP back.
The building's surrounded by ruins, in case anyone else wants to free run in (building's not powered though, so search rates might not be too pretty).
-
Ah, excellent, thanks. Yeah, I was down to 1HP because I woke up infected and couldn't find a damn FAK (maybe with no lighting it is not possible?). If this is true we could use a generator.
-
You can still find things without power, but search rates take a heavy hit.
-
I'm at Walrond Square (Pitneybank, 84,44) which is a revive point but there are 39 zombies there and it's going to take a while. If anyone wants to do some serious reviving, that might be a good place to go.
-
Crap I just realized it's too far to run directly from Shore Hills to Pegton, I'll need to stop to rest somewhere in the middle. Anyone know of a relatively safe spot to rest for a night somewhere in Shackleville? Stanbury Village, Tollyton, or Roftwood would work too.
Alternatively, I might be best off resting in a building on the eastern edge of Galbraith Hills. The map says it's a fairly safe suburb so there should be buildings, although the chatter I'm hearing is that the zombie horde is migrating in this direction. From the eastern edge of Galbraith Hills it's a 49 AP run to St. Matthew's, very risky but just barely doable.
-
You're in Shore Hills right now? This might be kind of out of the way but I'm just several blocks down in Dartside waiting for a revive. If you could stop by, I would greatly appreciate it as I've been zombified and killed at every Shore Hills revive point for the past four days. I'm at the Abarrow Monument right now, thanks.
-
Well that's a lot further south than I want to go, but come to think of it that reminds me, there were a bunch of Ponies at the northern cemetery in Mockridge Heights, you guys still there waiting for a revive? If so, how about you guys scout out where there are safe resting places (both near there are to the east in Shackleville) and I'll come by to revive people there.
-
I just spent my last AP barricading Anne Hospital back up to HB. There are hella zombies outside. Probably going to have to vacate very soon.
Sigh...man, I hate it when I tell myself not to do stupid things, and then I go ahead and do them anyway. This is what it must be like to be other people.
-
Just ran across to Tollyton, barricaded Wimbridge Boulevard Fire Station to VSB so anybody who wants to hole up to recuperate there is only 1 zombie outside and only myself inside.
-
*sigh* Did it have to be a fire station? Non-resource buildings attract less attention. Ah well, I'll be there in a minute.
ADDITION: I raised the cades to EH, anyone else can freerun in from the ruined mall next door. Now I'm out of AP again, in 24 hours I'll run to St. Matthew's in Pegton.
I just spent my last AP barricading Anne Hospital back up to HB. There are hella zombies outside.
Specifically, there are 11. I'm guessing you are going to die. That's okay though, just shamble over to Pegton and wait at the the cemetery south of St. Matthew's, I have 10 needles and plan to use them there.
-
Hmm, good point. I was on less than 20AP so i just went for the safest major building i could see but really i should've thought and barricaded a residential building instead.
-
I took myself down to the cemetery near St Matthew's, because it didn't seem like anyone was really reviving much where I was. I've got to stop wandering out of safe zones with no idea what I'm doing.
-
Managed to run the hell out of Anne Hospital this morning, and hid in plain sight in a nearby hotel. In maybe 2 hours I'll have enough AP to make it into Wimbridge Fire Station.
Edit: Hey I made it wooooooooooooo!
-
At Mockingbridge Heights with 12 other zombies waiting for a revive.
-
a) Mockridge Heights is a suburb, you need to be more specific than that when telling people where you are located.
b) At this point you may be better off shambling to the cemetery just south of St. Matthew's in Pegton. That's where I'll be in a day or so reviving people, and I'm guessing every other healer in the Ponies (eg. wolves is already in Pegton, gravitas is resting in Tollyton with me before running the rest of the way, etc.) has a similar, if not the same, plan.
-
I had a really, REALLY good plan to stock up on ammo, FAKs, reviving thingies, and go to Pegton spreading happiness and dezombification and shots to the head like some sort of Santa, but the PD I was in collecting ammo(in Richmond Hills, apparently, NOT a safe suburb, no matter what the wiki says) got from EHB to broken into in a few hours I was away, so, yeah, I'll be coming to Pegton as a zombie. Just my luck.
Well.
-
Just run across to Pegton intending on reviving some people at Somerville Boulevard but apparently nobody from the Ponies is there so I am now in Macauley Library instead.
There are large hordes of zombies outside St. Matthew's, Rowcliffe and Cowing Way PD although lights are on in all and they are all Heavily Barricaded.
-
And I just EH'd Macauley. We seem to be developing a pattern here.
I checked the cemetery and the Ponies there were lying down, hopefully revived.
-
Ok, just popped over to St. Matthew's to pick up a couple of FAKs and I have 2 syringes so I will hole up for today and then see if anyone needs revives tomorrow. If not, I guess it is time to restock my arsenal and go zombie hunting.
-
Okay, I'm back in pegton. In Pyke Auto Repair with a 3HP zombie and a body, missed with my last two attacks trying to finish the zombie with my axe. I'll wait for another AP and hop into rowcliffe.
-
We've got a single zombie inside St Matthew's, and the barricades are at HB. I'm not sure how it got in, I'm sure it wasn't in when I barricaded but maybe I missed it.
-
Okay, I'm back in pegton. In Pyke Auto Repair with a 3HP zombie and a body, missed with my last two attacks trying to finish the zombie with my axe. I'll wait for another AP and hop into rowcliffe.
crap, I finished him off but then I forgot I don't have AP to repair. It's just 7 AP to repair, can someone else seal it up a bit before the zombie gets back in?
We've got a single zombie inside St Matthew's, and the barricades are at HB. I'm not sure how it got in, I'm sure it wasn't in when I barricaded but maybe I missed it.
Could be a parachute. (http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Parachute) Freerun in as an infected survivor, then wiggle around til you die.
-
Goddamnit I got killed at St Matts. I'm a zombie at the cemetery S of St Martin's church.
-
Did you get revived already? Hopefully so, I was just there and didn't see you. I did revive a few other people, including a Pony (forget who.)
I had to skip over a couple zombie spies in the revive queue; always use your DNA Extractor to check people out before reviving them.
-
I'm back in St. Matthew's, just grabbed some more FAKs. Is it just me, or is the most you ever get 2 in a row, and then it takes around 10 seconds before you can get another, no matter how many times you search?
Does anyone know what the zombie situation is with the buildings south of St. Matthew's? I'm thinking about trying to repair one tomorrow. And how much better does it have to be before we don't consider St. Matthew's under attack and cade it at VSB again?
-
Yes, I did get revived- I think from a pack of wolves. I'm holed up in St Elizabeth's, where it seems pretty safe.
-
And how much better does it have to be before we don't consider St. Matthew's under attack and cade it at VSB again?
Probably when there's less than 10 zombies outside.
-
Ah, okay. I had barely seen any zombies in pegton, I guess they are all camped outside the hospitals.
-
St Matt's has 18 zeds, I'm in St Elizabeth's with two outside and only one is outside St Siricius's. 6 outside of Rowcliffe.
-
I've been going around, fixing up buildings. Now I'm camping the PD for some ammo to drive the zeds out of other buildings, and the search rates are completely ridiculously low compared to the ones you get in malls.
Maybe someone should scout to the south and check out Mitchem?
-
St Matt's has 18 zeds, I'm in St Elizabeth's with two outside and only one is outside St Siricius's. 6 outside of Rowcliffe.
Holy crap that's a lot outside the hospital, and they're bound to target other nearby buildings soon.
How is Rowcliffe holding up? Is it powered? I'll just check in a few hours anyway but I'm curious what the condition is like. I've revived pretty much everyone at the cemetery (other than zombie players clogging the line) so I'll see about Somerville tomorrow.
-
Rowcliffe's powered and EHB and there are a ton of people in there seemingly from random survivor groups
-
Alright, my zombie-d character has made it back to Pegton, waiting at Somerville for a revive.
-
Soooooo, the Rowcliffe building was broken into, most of the people inside are now dead.
I am currently a zombie over on Somerville.
Well this sucks.
-
Scouted south, Vinetown looks to have minimal zombie activity, pretty well built-up, just a few places ruined, including 3/4 of Mitchem Mall. One zombie in each of the ruined corners, one outside the southeast corner, will probably be back up soon.
-
Yeah, Vinetown doesn't look bad at all. Thanks to that I managed to get some green Christmas lights from the mall, so St Matt's is now looking a lot more festive.
-
Apparently there are 16 inside Rowcliffe, how is everyone doing on syringes? Hopefully there aren't any organized groups still going here, maybe some of them will wander off west once Rowcliffe is down, I don't want to have to deal with a crowd of 30+ zombie carolers on the doorstep come Christmas. I don't have nearly enough figgy pudding.
-
Down to 3 syringes, crap I was hoping to search for more tomorrow. Well I guess I better hang on to these and spend some time fighting instead of reviving.
-
Can anyone find out if Houldenbank has any of its NT buildings up? On the bright side, if they ruin it, either it will be back up soon when they leave or they won't be able to attack anywhere else, not enough numbers.
-
Damn, they have a lot of NTs in Houldenbank, I hadn't noticed before! I'll scout out a couple tomorrow.
-
I have 10 syringes, is that enough for a few days?
-
Well it takes 10 AP per revive so do the math. You can only use 4 in a day at most, and that's only if you have a full 50AP saved up AND don't do anything other than run a couple blocks to a revive point, do the revives, and then run a couple blocks back to safety.
-
Waiting for a revive in the Pegton cemetary just South of St. Martin's Church.
-
Standing at Somerville, waiting for a revive. They took out Cowing PD while I was offline. I think once I get revived and healed, I'm going to see about fixing up Rowcliffe.
-
Well it takes 10 AP per revive so do the math. You can only use 4 in a day at most, and that's only if you have a full 50AP saved up AND don't do anything other than run a couple blocks to a revive point, do the revives, and then run a couple blocks back to safety.
Oh and I totally forgot that we're going snowboarding tomorrow for a few days and I don't know if there's internet access there, so i probably won't be much of a help.
-
Thank you for the revive; I'm now gathering supplies for future plans.
-
Can anyone find out if Houldenbank has any of its NT buildings up?
Alright I just went to Houldenbank to do a bit of scouting. First off, the entire northern border is ruined (including Tribe NT,) don't waste you time there.
That said, in the middle of the suburb Owsley NT and the area surrounding it are fully lit up. Just be warned that the bastards are not following their barricade plan at all; all of the marked entry points I tried were overbarricaded, and I eventually entered through Caldecott Library (which is not a marked entry point.)
-
Alright, I got zombie-d again, so I'm at Somerville if anyone has syringes to come get me.
-
I repaired Cowing and brought it to VSB+2, wasn't sure what the state of the surrounding area was for entry points, and nobody was in there. 10 outside St. Matthews, 6 outside Rowcliffe, which is lit again.
-
Revived two people at Somerville, one was Liz, the other I don't know who but it was a pony. Now hiding out somewhere a couple of blocks north-west of Rowcliffe regaining AP. Those were my last 2 syringes though so either we need to clear out those zeds or i'm gonna have to make a run somewhere.
-
I think that might have been me you revived, Suentobe Dedgui? Last I saw, Rowcliffe was running again. I didn't check the barricades, but lights were back on and zombies were outside.
-
regardless
Alright I just went to Houldenbank to do a bit of scouting... in the middle of the suburb Owsley NT and the area surrounding it are fully lit up. Just be warned that the bastards are not following their barricade plan at all
-
Rowcliffe's EHB but there's only two of us inside so we could use more people sleeping here to help hold it.
Hmm, do zombies celebrate Christmas? Barharzmazz? Should we be organising a Christmas truce and playing football in the streets?
-
Great, I was in St Matts but I went outside to hack some zombies up. Turns out people have been helpfully overcading so I'm stuck outside..
-
Cowing Way PD is VSB at the moment so that makes a good entry point. To be fair, St Matt's has been under near enough constant assault by reasonable zombie numbers since we got back to Pegton, without it being EHB most of the time we probably would have lost it.
-
St Matts has always been EHB (or meant to be since the invasion/aftermath) but I'd been using Norton Railway as an entry point since it had been VSB just as long as St Matts had been EHB.
-
Club Aldritch is still ruined, go in there and freerun into St. Matthews. Cowing PD might still be VSB as well.
It isn't really overcading when there are double-digits of zombies outside the building, is it?
-
Isn't the only large amount of zombies outside St Matts? I would go to those places, but I have no AP now.
-
Great, I was in St Matts but I went outside to hack some zombies up. Turns out people have been helpfully overcading so I'm stuck outside..
Serves you right. Especially when the suburb is in such a dire state there are plenty of actually useful things you could do (like, say, attacking zombies inside buildings,) nobody likes a trencher.
I'm not sure which is a bigger waste of AP, killing zombies outside or combat reviving.
-
Unless, you know, you are in places like where my zombie is, as the only zed for ten blocks in any direction.
I died at the PD, so I'm standing at summerville. If you just have enough Ap for one revive, do me, since I'm almost full with AP and syringes.
-
I'm killing zombies outside to gain the construction skill. :-(
-
Hey, Christophe Kazoo (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1628340) is standing on Somerville Boulevard waiting for a revive.
-
Well, thanks to whoever got Rowcliffe up and running again, I managed to pick up 3 syringes to go with the couple of FAKs I picked up from St. Siricius. Sadly Cowing Way PD is down so I couldn't search for any weapons or ammo and Dinham Alley PD a few blocks west is in ruins needing 21AP to repair which I didn't have at the time.
-
I totally attacked a zombie outside, but i did check all the buildings to see if anything needed to be done first. I think I was the one to fuel the genny at Rowcliffe; I fueled a genny somewhere at least. I can't figure out a way to get more xp for a character with my skills, I'll barricade when I see something's too low but I always seem to log in when they're fine.
-
New characters who need to gain levels as fast as possible are the exception here; you do whatever is the most efficient path to XP. Most survivor groups don't expect newbies to spend time being useful until they've gained a dozen levels or so.
-
I'm a zombie at the cemetry under St Matt's again; I stupidly stayed too long in the PD because I didn't log in over Christmas. I've got a few syringes so once I'm revived I can be helpful for a while.
Wherever I look I can't seem to find a toolkit. Where am I most likely to find one? I thought auto repair shops were the place but on the wiki none of them say that you can find a toolkit there.
-
ah wish I'd known, I went to Somerville Boulevard today because yesterday a bunch of people said they needed revives there. Only they had already been taken care of, and there was nobody there. After a little wandering outside I did find Huddahud though so I revived him, and then I used up my AP healing wounded people indoors.
Maybe I'll swing by the cemetery tomorrow, although I was really planning on doing a bunch of resupplying tomorrow (in particular, I'm out of FAKs now.)
EDIT: whoah yet another survivor with Brain Rot, in the Whicher Building right next to the NT:
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1112646
This is the third survivor rotter I've seen with Slick Donnie, I never saw a single one in several years of playing as my old character.
This looks to be a zombie spy considering his group name is one of the official songs for Feral Undead:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Feral_Undead#Official_Song
Someone probably combat revived him in the NT. I'd kill him myself but I'm out of AP; if anyone else wants to gank this guy, he's got maxed out survivor skills so he could be a real threat (eg. destroying our precious generators.)
EDIT2: I don't remember exactly what I said, but after I checked his profile I commented about how impressive it is to see a survivor with Brain Rot. Just logged in to this -
Since your last turn:
* The lights went out in the Rowcliffe Building. (1 hour and 50 minutes ago)
* Darnell Davidson punched you for 1 damage. (1 hour and 46 minutes ago)
* Darnell Davidson said "You tryin ta start with me?" (1 hour and 46 minutes ago)
-
Thanks whoever revived me! I can't remember whose character is whose.
Other than killing zombies, are there any reliable ways to earn XP? Healing and barricading are all very well but it doesn't happen very often and I don't have any other skills (I'd forgotten I needed Necrotech skills to revive).
-
It was me.
Killing zombies is the best way to get skills early on. In some of the better organised groups like the RRF or MOB they organise strike teams and arrange over IRC how and when to attack. This helps them because they can then give the killing blow to a less experienced player to allow them to gain the extra 10XP for the killing blow. Sadly, as a survivor it is a bit more difficult to arrange this as the zombies can use their Scent skills to see which survivors are ripe for extra XP while survivors aren't able to see the XP of zombies unless they hit them first.
If people are interested in trying a strike action to help the less experienced players there are plenty of zombies around to kill but it would likely be difficult to organise and take a few days to set up.
-
The main paths to XP are combat, healing, tagging zombies with a dna extractor, and reviving. There's no XP for barricading, which is why I told brittany that most survivor groups don't really expect people to spend time being useful until after they've gained a dozen levels or so. I mean, if newbies do try to be useful that's great, but until they reached the point where gaining XP just isn't all that important anymore then pretty much do whatever you can do to gain XP fastest. If you gotta kill zombies in the street, then even though that doesn't help anyone else, do that. If you gotta tag zombies, then even though that doesn't help anyone else, do that.
Of course, if you have the AP then the zombie spy in Whicher with me only has 30 HP...
btw may, I would suggest taking Diagnosis next. Although building your firearms skills is definitely important too, I would say taking Diagnosis next is even more important so that you can see the HP of everyone around you. That way you can see wounded survivors and heal them for XP. Pretty much everyone I've encountered for the past week or so has been wounded, so I'm thinking your notion that healing doesn't come up often is simply because you can't see who needs healing.
ADDITION: Now Darnell is literally the only other person in Whicher with me, the other survivors have skedaddled. The lights just came back on in Rowcliffe, we don't want to lose them again. He's only at 30 HP, so tempting to me, but I only have 12 AP (I'd want at least 20 AP to be sure of inflicting 30 damage using my pistols on an armored target.)
Even if nobody has the AP to kill him entirely, if anyone could even just hit him a few times to bring him down to like 20 HP and then post here I can finish him off.
-
Well, tried to help but apparently 40% means that you can swing and miss 7 times in a row with a fire axe but I did shoot him once so he is down to 26HP.
-
Well thanks for the assist. I saved up enough AP and he was still there so I bumped and dumped him (wasted a bunch of AP punching when I didn't notice the attack method had changed, that was annoying.) Also gonna move to a different building; chances are his very first act when he next logs in is to break back in.
-
Probably going to need a revive later after I got stuck outside. I understand that with a large zombie horde at the door of St. Matt's there need to be some Heavily Barricaded buildings but all of them from top to bottom of Pegton?
Will post where I end up when I log on later and see my character dead.
-
hm we better knock down overbarricaded buildings. Not resource buildings, those are gonna get built right back up, but buildings like Norton Railway and Rosser Museum that really have no reason to be overbarricaded. Also, make sure the barricade levels are spraypainted on those buildings.
-
I got the railway down to VSB++ and spraypainted the barricade level and the link to the Pegton plan, now I'm at the Hanne Arms sleeping, it's at VHB right now, I'll take it to VSB tomorrow.
-
Forgot to check last night before I went to bed so I woke up dead and have shambled to Somerville Boulevard if someone can revive me.
If you could speak where the nearest entrance is too that would be great so that I don't end up wandering around and getting ripped apart by zombies again.
To note: there are 11 zombies outside St. Matt's and 2 outside Rowcliffe but no others within immediate sight so it is pretty safe to run out and revive right now.
-
I just noticed Pyke Auto has been made an entry point. Technically that is incorrect because the barricade plan says otherwise; for now that works because Cowing Way is EH.
-
Norton Railway got broken into. Darn good thing I logged on when I did, I was so close to death.
I barricaded back up to VSB++, but there's still a zombie inside. Spent most of my AP getting it down to 23 or so HP. If anyone wants to finish it off, that'd be cool.
-
A couple buildings in southern pegton got hit pretty bad, the Meatyard and Downes buildings both got ruined. I fixed up both of them, Meatyard is at VSB++ and Downes is at lightly, I ran out of AP and am sleeping in the Rosser Museum until I get another couple of AP to get someplace EHB.
-
There's a zombie in St. Siricius with 21 HP.
-
I went for a trip up to Pitneybank; the The Farmer Building is empty of zombies, and barricaded a bit, but it's got 21 zeds outside. Doesn't look like we'll be getting help from up there anytime soon, but I hope that horde doesn't come down here.
-
There's a zombie in St. Siricius with 21 HP.
Looks like it got taken care of, I'm in St. Siricius right now and it's EH.
-
Out NT has 2 zeds in and is at Quite.
-
I'm in Mitchem Mall, only two corners are lit, but everything is EHB. Needed to stock up on ammo, I was down to three pistol rounds and one shotgun shell.
-
grrr everything in pegton is overbarricaded but the weird thing is that it says the building is very strongly barricaded and yet I still cannot get in. wtf?
-
Well I just entered the building you're standing outside, so you must've hit the wrong button.
-
Sometimes I get the problem that it freezes up and won't allow me to move at all. I tend to just leave it for half an hour until it cycles up 1 more AP and the problem then seems to disappear. Not sure why this happens in the first place though and it is a bit annoying as you could be ripped apart by a zombie horde in that time.
-
I think that mighta been what happened. I had just gotten to the church (the second time) when I ran out of AP, the building I was trying to enter was Norton Railway Station. I know I didn't hit the wrong button, because it gave me the message you'd get if you tried to enter an EHB building. I kept going from one building I knew should be VHB to another and I got the same message every time, but thanks for the heal Joe. I think it's what saved me, and I got in the building this time.
-
nodaisho, this guy looks like a zombie spy:
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1540581
Sometimes troublemakers pretend to be members of a survivor group; his group is set as ENVY. Better keep an eye out, if he makes any trouble then we'll know to take him out.
-
Rowcliffe is infested again. 5 zombies inside after I just took out one and dumped it outside. I also blasted a few holes in another so at least one only needs a couple of hits to be put down. Doors are secured but there are too many zombies to barricade.
-
i killed and dumped one, someone barricaded lightly one dude just combat revived a zombie. dick. gah i guess he's combat reviving all of them. i dumped three that he did though so i guess they're not in there anymore, then i ran to another building when i ran out of ap.
-
it gave me the message you'd get if you tried to enter an EHB building. I kept going from one building I knew should be VHB to another
I'm hoping this was a typo, but in case it wasn't I should explain.
Any variation on "heavily barricaded" is too much to enter. So that means:
Extremely Heavily Barricaded
Very Heavily Barricaded
Heavily Barricaded
Entry points are supposed to be VSB, not VHB. That's Very Seriously Barricaded.
-
(http://img19.imageshack.us/img19/5749/seriouslycaded.jpg)?
-
I guess I was thinking of our group name. I meant Very Strongly Barricaded, not very seriously.
ADDITION: Zombie in St. Siricius. When I got there earlier the doors were wide open but no zombies inside, so I brought the barricades as high as I could. Apparently they weren't enough, because I just logged in and now a zombie is inside.
-
So, I kind of stopped paying attention to Serious Ponies after we got destroyed by the RRF, and have been reviving for the past week or so. What's going on and where should I go to get back on the action?
-
At the moment we're all fighting off the zombies that decided to stick around in Pegton so make your way back to St. Matthew's and the surrounding resource buildings if you want to join us. Most of the fighting seems to be happening in the Rowcliffe building with a few break-ins and Norton Square Railway Station is the entry point.
Right now it is overbarricaded but i'll take a couple of swipes at it.
-
Ponies in Mitchem Mall (looks like there's just one other than me) there's a zed in the mall and the northeast corner isn't barricaded, help! I ran out of AP taking out one zombie and then another burst in.
ADDITION: Several more just broke in. Apparently I got to the mall just in time for a sizeable breach. So much for restocking ammo, toodles!
-
Anyone near st matthews have a generator? I've got a fuel can, but no generator, and St. Matt's has been unlit for days now. Lights on means better search odds and lots of people able to heal for 15 rather than 10.
-
Found one! Surprisingly fast too.
Anyone reviving at the cemetery 3S of St Matt's, the two zombies there are both spies. One is RRF and the other has only zombie skills, except maybe free running. Make sure you scan before reviving.
-
Look at the description of that poor combat revived guy: http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1623943
-
Mitchem Mall looks to be overrun. I scrounged up a couple shotguns while I still could and then ran.
-
Speaking of getting overrun, I could use a revive at the cemetery.
-
Speaking of getting overrun, I could use a revive at the cemetery.
Revived.
All looks fairly well across our area of Pegton. There are only small groups of zombies at the doors of the resource buildings and there are 2 VSB entry points in Norton Square and the Church 1 block south.
-
Did you guys hear about Vinetown?
-
I was there, maaan.
Yeah, shame the mall's gone, and the whole suburb's pretty much torn apart.
-
An hour ago I revived 4 dudes at Bhore Monument. we're makin a comeback
(actually I'm out of syringes now, coming home to search for more tomorrow)
-
I spent the night in club Quarman and didn't die, I'm barely even hurt. Pretty happy about that.
-
I have so much ammo and experience I'm thinking of dying to get some zombie skills. Would anyone be willing to revive me if I do so?
-
Few enough zombies in Mitchem Mall to consider clearing it out.
-
hm, I'm right next to the mall right now and have all my AP. Do I help retake the mall, or do I run home to search for more syringes? decision, decisions
-
I killed one and wounded another in Mitchem's SE corner. Running out of ammo, though. I really wish the game had small stashes we could make or something, even if other people couldn't access them, just so I could stash my toolbox somewhere.
Jho, there are six zombies inside the building total. One in each of the south corners, two in each of the norht ones.
-
There's a few outside too.
-
But you can start rebuilding when they are outside, you can't do that if they are inside.
-
The problem is, if there are a lot outside then they'll just break right back in after you fix things. I think I'm gonna stick to my original plan and go for more syringes; my usual MO is that I figure I'll have more of a recovery impact indirectly by getting as many people as I can back on their feet, than whatever direct impact I'd have by actually engaging in combat.
-
I have so much ammo and experience I'm thinking of dying to get some zombie skills. Would anyone be willing to revive me if I do so?
Yeah, I'll sort you out.
-
Amber Waves (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1082046) is a PKer, and killed two suspiciously-similarly named people in St Sirius's (four people in one place with names based around the word "always"?).
Anyway she's gone now but keep an eye out.
-
As long as we're warning about nogoodniks, in Rowcliff some idiot revived this career zombie: Creep Undeath (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1623943)
-
Since your last turn:
* Great White Buffalo said "Grunt, snort wheeze, lick." (9 hours and 59 minutes ago)
* Great White Buffalo healed you for 10 HP. (9 hours and 59 minutes ago)
-
I do not get at all why UD inspires so many non-sequitur characters like that.
-
Because it requires so little time investment, it's easier to think of and do gimmick characters without getting bored immediately.
-
As long as we're warning about nogoodniks, in Rowcliff some idiot revived this career zombie: Creep Undeath (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1623943)
Yeah this guy is definite KOS. He took out the generator in Rowcliff and taunted us about it. Why the idiots there keep combat reviving him is beyond me; according to their chatter, this cycle of "combat revive him, then he takes out the generator" has happened multiple times.
-
I'm dead again in the cemetery below St Matt's
-
I'm dead again, same place.
-
Have you considered the exciting opportunities provided by staying dead and being a zombie?
There are the brains, the camaraderie, the fact that every day is casual Friday, brains, you never run out of ammo for your hands or teeth, no more worries about FAKS if you get hurt just bite someone or feed on a corpse!, and finally more brains.
Join the shambling hordes it's FUN with a capital BRAINS!
-
I do actually have a zombie character but I can't remember its name.
-
Whoever is Llewellyn Bonny is at 36 health, uninfected, but sitting with 8 zombies including Snalin. That's all I could do, I spent about 15 AP searching for a single medkit to get you uninfected.
-
I'm dead and the mall is completely overrun. Thanks for trying though!
-
And I'm still parked right next to the mall, reviving as many people as I can at Bhore. So nothing's changed.
I have a pile of XP saved up, so next time I get killed I might stay that way muahahahaha
-
Someone has overbarricaded Norton Square again. Sigh.
-
I knocked it down to VSB.
-
I tried to shamble over to the survivors and go "revive me!"
I haven't quite grasped the undead speek yet, so I don't think it came through properly.
-
We might have a problem - Snooky Bleir (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=892797) is in St Matt's and looks suspiciously like a PKer or zombie spy (something he said suggests he's after Anna Wolf (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1333692). He's a member of a bunch of pro-zombie groups and usually plays as a zombie.
What do you do in this situation?
-
I tried to shamble over to the survivors and go "revive me!"
If only you were at Bhore monument a couple hours ago. I revived a bunch of people and now I'm back in Pegton scrounging up more syringes.
What do you do in this situation?
Depends if you're able to defend yourself. What I usually do is park myself next to the suspicious person to watch them, possibly saying something innocuous to provoke a response (eg. "Interesting group in your profile.") If they do anything alarming while I'm watching, blammo!
Although in this case I might not wait for him to make the first move, since he isn't disguising his nature at all (the wait-and-see approach would be if I'm not completely sure he's guilty.) Just announce "This guy's profile lists him as a member of Zomburbia" and take him out.
EDIT: Just looked at your profile, doesn't look like you can cap him. I'd say just watch him to tell us if he moves or kills anyone, and then someone with firearms go take him out.
-
I've shifted across to St.Matt's with 3 full pistols and a couple of shotgun shells so i'll help keep an eye on him. Don't do anything for now, the best thing to do in this situation is not to provoke a response unless you know that someone else can take him down if you can't.
At the moment I only have 12AP so I wouldn't be able to put more than a significant dent in him and he would still be standing to take out one or both of us.
-
Yeah I'm almost out but I wanted to warn people.
-
EDIT: whoah yet another survivor with Brain Rot, in the Whicher Building right next to the NT:
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1112646
This is the third survivor rotter I've seen with Slick Donnie, I never saw a single one in several years of playing as my old character.
This looks to be a zombie spy considering his group name is one of the official songs for Feral Undead:
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Feral_Undead#Official_Song
Someone probably combat revived him in the NT. I'd kill him myself but I'm out of AP; if anyone else wants to gank this guy, he's got maxed out survivor skills so he could be a real threat (eg. destroying our precious generators.)
EDIT2: I don't remember exactly what I said, but after I checked his profile I commented about how impressive it is to see a survivor with Brain Rot. Just logged in to this -
Since your last turn:
* The lights went out in the Rowcliffe Building. (1 hour and 50 minutes ago)
* Darnell Davidson punched you for 1 damage. (1 hour and 46 minutes ago)
* Darnell Davidson said "You tryin ta start with me?" (1 hour and 46 minutes ago)
This guy is alive and in Rowcliffe. I don't know if I should kill him again, or just ignore him this time. I'm leaning towards ignore, unless I see him attack someone (maybe he remembers and will attack me.) More generally, all the rotters getting combat revived around here is getting pretty ridiculous.
-
St. Matts is under attack, couple of zombies inside.
-
Killed one, other needs killing but building barricaded.
-
3 inside now, one at 21 HP, I'm out of ammo and using my axe.
-
I've got it down to one with about 5HP now, but the cades need a lot of work and we could use a new genny if anyone has one.
-
I killed a zed in St. Elisabethwith my last AP, but the cades are still down.
-
Ok, I got there, closed the doors and killed a zombie (with my last AP also).Someone should barricade, I guess.
-
Zombie in Rowcliffe, I probably could have killed him if I didn't waste AP punching because I didn't notice my attack was on punch instead of pistol (I really really hate it when that happens, and it's practically every time.) As it is I reduced him to 20 HP.
Incidentally, it's Creep UnDeath, (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1623943) the guy the idiots here keep combat reviving. As soon as I get another AP I'm going to tell them to stop combat reviving.
-
Alright, St. Elizabeth's is back up to EHB, bodies are dumped outside, and I did as much as I could for the injured character inside. Time for a nap.
-
Whoa now, I am actually at the point where, with enough ammo, I can take on a zombie single-handedly.
Badass.
-
There's a single zombie in St Matt's which is very low on health but I didn't quite manage to wipe it out (55% success rate with pistol, sweet!). If it wasn't in a flak jacket it'd be gone.
-
st liz's now at vhb
-
So I have a bunch of XP and I have almost all of the people skillzzzz, so I am going to hang out outside, become a zombie, and buy some zombie skills. I will be looking for a revive eventually.
wooooooo
EDIT: Skills have been purchased, now I'm at the cemetery a few squares south of St. Matt's waiting for a revive. If someone could be so kind, I would appreciate it.
-
There's a single zombie in St Matt's which is very low on health but I didn't quite manage to wipe it out (55% success rate with pistol, sweet!). If it wasn't in a flak jacket it'd be gone.
I went to StM's to kill he zombie, but as I did the last AP action I pressed "Leave" instead "Attack" button. Outside, there were 6 or so zombies.
So, yeah, I'm at Somerville Boulevard, if someone can revive me.
-
Are we keeping Matthew's at EHB for the time being? Every time I log on they're at VHB and can't tell if someone is trying to knock them down to VSB or if we just can't keep them up.
-
There are a few zeds on the doorstep so I think St. Matt's is staying at EHB for now and we're using Norton Square as the entry point. If it gets overbarricaded just post it and someone will knock it down for you.
-
Someone revived me, thanks.
-
Watch out for TerminalFailure in St. Matthew's. Guy's a GKer.
-
man what is up with all the rotters in Rowcliffe, I noticed another one:
http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1542369
-
When I was in St. Matt's I asked the M.E.R.C.Y. members what their policy was on combat reviving and they seemed to not have much of a problem with it. In fact, I am pretty sure one of them combat revived a zed when I was in there. I'm not sure what to make of this as they seem to be the big group in the area and combat reviving is a stupid thing to do.
-
*sigh* Well getting into a turf war would be stupid, but this is totally the sort of situation that sparks turf wars. If this were a bigger problem I'd say we should move to another suburb, but as it is I guess it's just something we have to grit our teeth and bear.
-
We also have to grit our teeth and bear their inane roleplaying sadlkjas;odiu03erulaskmda.
-
I just logged in to this message:
# Doctor Heller said "RedRum member Suburban Ed is in Gynn Bank, 3 S, 1 SE." (1 hour and 30 minutes ago)
Incidentally, I have Doctor Heller marked green. I don't remember why, but I mark helpful people (ie. people who revive me or rebuild barricades) green to know who to heal if I have the chance.
-
Would it be a bad idea to just explain why combat reviving isn't a great tactic? They may genuinely not have realised.
-
I have a colour-coded system for people too; green is Ponies; Yellow is helpful members of ENVY or M.E.R.C.Y. so that I can keep an eye on them; blue is general helpful people; Purple is suspicious people and Orange is those due sweet, sweet vengeance at the end of my axe.
I am pretty sure the recurring zombie Pfaltz has me marked as I am the first person he attacks whenever we are in a building together (this may be Eric, now that I come to think about it).
-
I make bad people red, Ponies blue, and helpful people gray or green.
-
Me, Pfaltz?
NO no no no no no no no no no no no no no no no no no no no no no.
Yes
-
I mark survivors with Brain Rot white because they are pale as death.
-
Thanks for the valiant efforts at Mitchem Mall guys, but I bit it and now I'm at the cemetery south of St. Martin's.
-
"Damn...those dead bastards got smart. This almost felt like a planned attack."
Anyhow - while I was resting SW part of the Mall got broken into, so,yeah, I'm walkingdeading toward the cemetery also.
-
Do i kill this guy: Professor Dead (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1495717)?
Yep, his name is Professor Dead and the only survivor skill he has is Freerunning. He is currently in St. Matt's at 10HP.
-
I healed him, in case he was a parachute (which looks pretty likely).
-
The Mitchem Mall seems to be back and running, though for how long I don't know. I've hid out for the night in one of the towers that's EHB though I have like 600xp that I can't use because I've unlocked all the Survivor skills. Perhaps getting my certificate in zombie skills might do me good in the long run, so maybe getting killed might be a blessing...
-
I know that feeling. I finally used like 600 XP when I was just killed in the mall. As you say it's pretty solid right now; 11 massed outside, but that ain't no thang. When I went to Bhore Monument today there was surprisingly no-one to revive.
Do i kill this guy: Professor Dead (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1495717)?
(http://i4.photobucket.com/albums/y120/jhocking/gladiatorthumb.jpg)
-
St. Matthew's and the surrounding buildings are hella secured now. Figure I'll head down to Mitchem to help out/ get enough experience to buy the rest of the human skills.
-
Even Mitchem is pretty secure right now, there hasn't been anyone to revive at Bhore Monument for the past few days. If you pay attention to the wiki map, apparently our quadrant of Malton is the safest part right now.
-
So I wandered into Dentonside to kill some zeds. Turned out there were more than I thought and they killed me even after I barricaded a safehouse overnight. Killed the zed outside Norton Square for fun on the lurch back, am now at Somerville if someone can revive me?
-
Went to the mall down in Gulsonside (southwest of Vinetown) to see how things are going down there.
From the looks of things, not too good.
-
Hm, I'll fill up on APs, then head down there (I'm fully, more or less, stocked on ammo).
-
Good scouting, I've been ranging further and further afield too looking for some place that needs help.
-
Fort Crady and Giddings is just fine, I was up there yesterday, so I'll be walking down to Gulonside too.
-
St. Matthews is low on fuel for the generator, I could only carry one fuel can and used it on Siricius. I'm in a repair shop looking for more, but I'm out of AP, so it will be a while before I can find one and get back.
-
There are indeed some zombies in the mall in Gulsonside. I'm gonna wait for more ap and currently am holed up in Vawer Walk PD, which is lit and EHB, as are a bunch of buildings in Osmondville--so perfect.
-
Does Gulsonside have NT buildings? I'll check the map of course before heading over, just curious. I want to minimize trekking long distances to ferry in supplies.
-
An impressive three, the Perryn Building being the closest to the mall and easiest to free run into from there. It was ruined when I checked before. I'm just on the south border of Vinetown at the moment trying to scare up a genny, I'll head along once I've found one and got my AP back.
-
Four zeds inside Perryn and 2 ap to repair it. The Axtence building in Osmondville is only four moves away from the mall though. A little farther away but already lit and EHB
-
Are we going to coordinate this or just kill a zed here and there?
-
I'm coming in tomorrow, I have a few FAKs, but mostly ammo for clearing stuff out. I'm sitting in Vinetown at 7 AP currently. I can work on the Perryn building if you guys want and it is still occupied. I'll probably need someone to barricade it if it has zombies and needs repairing.
-
I honestly think putting a genny and fixing Perryn would be a waste of ap for right now since there is one that's lit and not far. Working on the mall itself would probably be the most productive for at first, though we could have a goal of getting the rest of the area secure after the mall.
-
I'm in Vawer Walk PD right now, waiting for the AP to fill up for tomorrow. Full on syringes and ammo, a bit low on FAKs. Should I just head straight for the mall tomorrow, or does something need fixing? Do we know of any revive points on the way?
-
I honestly think putting a genny and fixing Perryn would be a waste of ap for right now since there is one that's lit and not far. Working on the mall itself would probably be the most productive for at first, though we could have a goal of getting the rest of the area secure after the mall.
Yeah I concur, if there are other NTs nearby then securing the mall is more important.
I'm in Vawer Walk PD right now, waiting for the AP to fill up for tomorrow. Full on syringes and ammo, a bit low on FAKs. Should I just head straight for the mall tomorrow, or does something need fixing? Do we know of any revive points on the way?
Well I don't have any specific suggestions, but my usual plan is to head straight to whichever revive point the wiki says is closest to the mall. I barely ever go into malls actually, I mostly hang around the periphery to keep mall defenders flowing in.
UPDATE: hm, even though the mall is totally dead, the revive points surrounding it are empty. That's disappointing, that may mean all the mall occupants have evacuated rather than sticking around to fight. Since I didn't have much reviving to do, I spent most of my AP scouting around. There are barely any zombies outside, just one group of 7 attacking a fire station.
Even this ruined mall is pretty low-key, I'm starting to think we should go back to Ridleybank for another try. It's orange on the map!
Also with regards the NT brittany identified, Axtence is lit and holding but everyone in there is a little chewed up so I'm guessing this is a battleground.
-
So my Zombie alt got combat-revived, which turns out to be (sort-of) awesome--I go into a building, putz around until I die, then come back as a zombie and hit a dude or a genny. So awesome but I end up not having enough XP for human skills.
-
Yeah, that fire station is where I ended up holing up, after repairing a square of the mall (not like it is going to survive, but I had to at least try). It's at VHB right now, Jefferson Halley and I are in it.
-
I cleared out a zed and fix and slightly caded the two western squares of the mall.
-
Also here are Scoutcat (56HP), Anthony Olsen (56HP), Jarral Tandaris (56HP), Spiderj (56HP), Xacerbate (56HP), Spikey DaPikey (56HP), Lavamancer (56HP), PapayaGoddess (56HP), Henry Nilson (56HP), Akaros (56HP), firemantiz (56HP) and klotejos (56HP).
-
The NE section is now at VH, and the final ruined section only had 3 zombies in it so a reasonably coordinated hit by two or three well-armed people should take it.
-
NE is the only corner with zombies left, the cades are at VHB-EHB all the way around.
Get up, proff Q, and stand outside, and I'll revive you on the morrow!
-
SE is gone too now, so at least my bit wasn't the only one to get trashed. I would've felt a tad persecuted. I'm at the Broadbear Monument now.
-
I jabbed ya. I also revived a zombie standing outside the mall that looked like he might play as a survivor; it's often hard to tell with maxed out characters if I should revive them or not (otherwise you go by which side they have more skills for.)
-
All four were gone now. I killed a z in the SE corner, repaired it and brought it to VHB. Yeah!
-
4 zeds in St. Matt's. Must have been a surprise attack because last time I checked there were only dead bodies around the vicinity.
-
8 zombies total in the mall, 3 SW, 2 NW, 2 NE. SE is repaired, but unbarricaded, didn't see the point with zombies inside. It takes one AP to repair an unoccupied square, and usually around 5 to completely ruin it. Even if it isn't going to stay up, you are making them waste AP on ruining it again. The fire station is at EHB+1, it was at lightly when I logged in.
-
SE is repaired, but unbarricaded, didn't see the point with zombies inside.
Barricading is the most important thing to do, more important than attacking the zombies. The common expression is "cade kill dump heal":
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/Survivor#Survivor_Defence
The point is so that zombies can't get back in right after you kill them. After all, a killed zombie can just stand right back up with little penalty and walk right back into the building.
-
Snalin is dead! And I killed that jerk who brought down the barricades and caded a bit.
-
I figured there wasn't too much point in barricading when there were no zombies outside, and a bunch inside. At least one of the other corners was caded, and I didn't think about the possibility of more people going into the mall rather than going after the fire station.
Speaking of, the fire station got ruined and I got killed while I was offline, I'm at the cemetery by the NW square of the mall.
-
St. Matt's needs immediate help from 5 brain-eaters inside and flimsy barricades.
-
On my undead way!
-
Standing outside St. Matt's.
-
everything seems to be fine up here in st matt's area, lots of ehb buildings with no z's in them anymore.
-
Also I just realized the guy who wrote a lot of the scripts Joe was talking about on page 7 is in the group my alt is in. He's a Good Dude!
-
Hey nodaisho I just saw you (I think it was you) lying dead outside a breached building. Stand up and let me know where you are waiting and I can revive you tonight. The cemetery next to the mall is probably the best place to wait around, although Huttenback Drive is closer to me.
-
Where are you guys now? Gulsonside?
-
I somehow ended up in Tollyton, and this happened:
" * geneon shot you with a pistol for 4 damage. (1 hour and 10 minutes ago) ...and again. ...and again. ...and again. ...and again. ...and again. ...and again.
* geneon said "Bretheren I've come hear today not to spight our dear friend Hellie. But rather to set an example. I've put him on the first step to truth" (1 hour and 7 minutes ago)
* geneon said "Perhaps he will hunt me down. This would be welcome as bounty hunter a closer than some to the truth.... What is the truth? Follow and learn it" (1 hour and 6 minutes ago)
* geneon shot you with a shotgun for 8 damage. (1 hour and 5 minutes ago)
* You were killed by geneon. (1 hour and 5 minutes ago)
* geneon dumped your body out onto the street. (1 hour and 5 minutes ago)"
profile (http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1116259)
I mean...really?
-
fucking PKers, just mark his profile red and then forget about him.
-
Don't listen to jhocking, mark him Orange and hunt him down for sweet, sweet vengeance.
-
Joe, I'm standing in Huttenbach drive.
-
This joker (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1698415) just had a fun few minutes punching me for 1 damage and healing me for 5hp a few times. I'm not sure what to make of that.
-
It's someone trying to get XP without engaging zombies. It's a pretty stupid way of gaining XP, although for someone who started out as a scout I suppose that's more effective than trying to attack zombies without any combat skills or heal blindly without Diagnosis.
-
Just started an account on there under the handle kimjongsick. Joe, I saw a monument called the Hocking Monument, I assume that's your doing?
-
Just started eh? What class did you pick? What suburb are you in? I suggest reading the first half-dozen or so pages of this thread to learn the ropes.
-
yeah and put your profile link in here. just click on your name in game to get it
also joe
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/The_Hocking_Monument
i'm assuming he's still in the area, so that's east boundwood.
-
I chose to be a police officer. A pistol, pistol training, and a bulletproof vest. Pretty slick deal, that.
-
PKer (http://urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=609514).
-
Man every time I am in a fire station I keep searching the building and every time I always find a goddamn fire axe
I seriously have like four of these fucking things, maybe I would perhaps like to find a flare gun instead
-
Dogg you can go into your settings and set it to automatically discard items you don't want.
-
Police Stations are better for guns, and malls are even better. Interesting how this reflects the American society, ey?
-
also joe
http://wiki.urbandead.com/index.php/The_Hocking_Monument
Fake monuments are okay, but my real fans are in Ohio:
http://www.hockinghills.com/
Man every time I am in a fire station I keep searching the building and every time I always find a goddamn fire axe
I seriously have like four of these fucking things, maybe I would perhaps like to find a flare gun instead
Flare guns are useless. The only reason to search in a fire station is to get an axe, and if you already have one then there is no reason to search in fire stations.
Also, you still need to post your profile like brittany said.
-
While musing on how the map has gotten really safe lately, it occurred to me to check the game stats for the ratio of survivors to zombies. holy shit:
Standing Survivors : 10264 (63%)
Standing Zombies : 5984 (37%)
When the populations get that imbalanced it's a big problem. Maybe we should all switch to being zombies...
-
That would be pretty cool, especially since I just died anyway.
-
yeah, that could be fun. i have like zero zombie skills though.
-
yeah, that could be fun. i have like zero zombie skills though.
Start saving XP for next time you're killed. If you don't have at least Vigour Mortis, playing a zombie is a pretty wretched experience. But even if we don't switch to being zombies, there are a couple zombie skills you might want to purchase anyway because they are helpful for survivors too, those skills being Lurching Gait and Ankle Grab.
-
Yeah I just got killed too
Here's my profile: http://www.urbandead.com/profile.cgi?id=1703774
I have another profile as a fireman but that guy stays separate
-
Oh fuck my ass, my second account just fell asleep in the street 'cause I wasn't watching my AP
Got damn it this guy's gonna die too
Edit: well, if I stay on top of it, I can get into this building next turn. I just gotta wait another damn half hour
-
I've got a zombie, and it's a lot more fun to play him at times; someone to kill or some cades to destroy or some buildings to ransack. It's just a bit much of the same thing all the time.
-
or, wait, how about trying to get as many paintings and sculptures and other kinds of art into the hospital as we can?
-
So...since I wanted to play as a zombie for a while I probably should've changed my character description from "He appears to be quite unhappy with his current zombie-esque appearance." I got revived by some guy overnight.
Well, there is always next time I die. Or I could just jump off a high building.
-
Holy hell, I just got killed in a massacre in St Benedict's in Pitneybank. There are more PKers than I can fit on one screen.
-
Somebody revived my guy the other day so I'm pretty pleased about that. Also, glad they let you keep the shit you had on you when you died.
-
I like being a zombie! It is very rewarding breaking down barricades.
-
I find it really hard to level up as a zombie, it was more fun at first but now it's just boring.
-
Someone seems to have combat revived me :/
-
KILL. THEIR. GEEEENYYYY!
-
okay i died. currently a zombie who now has lurching gait and vigor mortis. will probably get ankle grab next, is that a good plan?
-
Yes that is a good plan.
I decided to go zombie. I just left my safehouse to stand out in the street. Now to decide where to shamble to and wreak some havoc...
-
Come to beautiful Roftwood and visit the Hildebrand Mall!
There's a 2 for 1 sale on brains!
-
ooh this is more juicy for a zombie. i'm chillin outside a corner of the mall near the nt
-
kimjongsick got zombified again, I'm gonna break some barricades down just to be a dick now
-
Come to beautiful Roftwood and visit the Hildebrand Mall!
There's a 2 for 1 sale on brains!
Haven't looked at the map yet to scope it out, but Roftwood sounds as good a place as any, unless it's on the opposite side of the map that's where I'm shambling to.
EDIT: Alright here I come. If everyone else chooses to turn zombie then we should probably mention that on our wiki page.
-
Didn't someone make a group name for QC zombies? I don't know if everyone intends to go undead (I'm not planning on it) but also the group is fairly well known to other Pegton groups like M.E.R.C.Y. and E.N.V.Y. so if we were to all go zomb at the same time I think it may upset other people than just our group.
-
we could just change the description to dual nature
-
om om nom
-
I think I'm going to stay survivor, because my lone wolf zombie character is actually much less fun than my survivor at the moment. But I don't do much group stuff either (how do I always get so lost?) so I guess it doesn't matter.
-
You know, I'm wondering if it isn't still just as hard to play survivor with the zed/survivor ratio. I think a lot of people, instead of going zombie are going pker since it's a lot easier to wreak havok on survivors in that form. My alt is in Dunell Hills, and we always seem much more concerned about pkers than the zombies; there are tons of em!
-
Zombies in Roftwood, I just broke into Maiden Auto Repair. If you hurry there are 4 survivors in here, yummy!
-
I'm in the Hildebrand Mall and just ate some brains. I did not get 2 for 1 though. I shall go to the complaint department and eat someone.
-
Well shit guys, looks like Pegton is a hotbed of zombie activity again.
-
In the game stats zombies are still way outnumbered. Imma keep eatin' fools in Roftwood.
-
i got combat revived, the jerks. gonna bank some xp a bit before going zed again i think
-
Is it easier to break down barricades as a survivor? It seems like it is. After I got randomly revived in the street, I broke down the barricades on a building from the inside, jumped out the window, and then came back in to feast.
-
Man, as a zombie I am accruing experience at an absolutely glacial rate. I probably should have gotten a revive when I ended up all zombified, so I could get more as a survivor to buy some decent zombie skills later.